35
 THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY CONFIDENTIAL.  INDEX Page NO Topics Covered 2 Basic Programming 3 System Timers, System Numbering, Service code change, Virtual Extension, DSS console, Slt flash timing 4 External Music on hold, Caller ID 5 Numbering (Extension , service codes, trunk access, Operator access) 6 Department groups (Hunt group) 7 Toll restriction class preparation, Assigning Toll restriction class to extension 8 Outgoing Disable & Enable, Line groups for outgoing lines, 9 Ringing type of trunk lines 10 Normal ringing or simultaneous ringing, Prog to form Department Group( Hunt group) 11 Ringing on Hunt group with example ( Using Direct Inward Ringing ) 12 Class of Service (Feature Enable and Disable) , Procedure to change feature service codes 13 Abbreviated dialing registration 14 Abbreviated dialing 15 Barge in 16 Conference 17 Call forward 18 External call forward, Remote conference 19 Dial block 20 Manual and Automatic Night mode( Enable and Disable) , Key prog for Kts instrument 21 Automatic route selection with several ,no of Trunk Groups, 22 Example of Automatic route selection 23 Account code 24 Programming for PRI line(Landing type, MSN landing 25 Example of PRI programming 26 BRI line, 27 Programming for Voice Response system 28 Service codes for VRS and Voicemail access( DSPDB card voicemail) 29 Changing of Voicemail service codes to single digit codes 30 Example for Multilevel VRS 31 SMDR programming 32 Conversation recording, Parallel ringing 33 Hotel features, Check in / Check out, Wake up call 34 Hotel features, Do not disturb, Single digit access, Room to Room restriction 35 Hotel features, Room Status output

NEC Topaz Programming Quick

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089 983166

INDEXPage

NO

Topics Covered

2 Basic Programming

3System Timers System Numbering Service code change Virtual

Extension DSS console Slt flash timing

4 External Music on hold Caller ID

5 Numbering (Extension service codes trunk access Operator access)

6 Department groups (Hunt group)

7 Toll restriction class preparation Assigning Toll restriction class to extension

8Outgoing Disable amp Enable Line groups for outgoing lines

9 Ringing type of trunk lines

10 Normal ringing or simultaneous ringing Prog to form DepartmentGroup( Hunt group)

11Ringing on Hunt group with example ( Using Direct Inward Ringing )

12Class of Service (Feature Enable and Disable) Procedure to change featureservice codes

13Abbreviated dialing registration

14 Abbreviated dialing

15 Barge in

16 Conference

17 Call forward

18 External call forward Remote conference19 Dial block

20Manual and Automatic Night mode( Enable and Disable) Key prog for Ktsinstrument

21 Automatic route selection with several no of Trunk Groups

22 Example of Automatic route selection

23 Account code

24 Programming for PRI line(Landing type MSN landing

25 Example of PRI programming

26 BRI line

27 Programming for Voice Response system

28 Service codes for VRS and Voicemail access( DSPDB card voicemail)

29 Changing of Voicemail service codes to single digit codes

30 Example for Multilevel VRS

31 SMDR programming

32 Conversation recording Parallel ringing

33 Hotel features Check in Check out Wake up call34 Hotel features Do not disturb Single digit access Room to Room restriction35 Hotel features Room Status output

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090 983166

These programs are necessary for installing NEC Topaz

TYPE REMARKS TOPAZ

System Time amp

Date setup

Year (00 to 99)

Month (01 to 12)

Date (01 to 31)

Day (1 to 7) Sun to Sat

Hour (00 to 23)

Minute (00 to 59)

Second (00 to 59)

10-01-01

10-01-02

10-01-03

10-01-04

10-01-05

10-01-06

10-01-07

Basic Port SetUp to see type

of device

connected to a

particular

physical port

1)For 308M308E008ETerminal Type

0-No setting

1-Multiline phone

2-Single line telephone

10-Dss console

13-Trunk

2) For 2PGDU card

Physical port 120-No setting

8-Door PhonePhysical port 340-No setting

6-External speaker

9-External MOH or BGM

10-03-01 Slot no 1 to 18

10-03-01

System Basic

Options

Intrusion tone

Signal Voice CallTransfer to busy extRetrieve the line after Transfer

DTMF slt and Tone lines

Alarm for long duration

Detail state of party

20-13-17=0

20-02-12=124-02-01=120-02-04=0

20-03-03=1

20-13-01=0

20-13-22=1System Timers Busy tone Timer

Dial Pause at first digit

DTMF active timer

Extension Dial tone sending

Interval of repeat Dial

Repeat Dial enable Call

DIL no answer-

No answer timer for call forward

Programs which are necessary program if DIL with No Answer is

20-18-02=521-01-06=1

20-01-05=7

20-18-01=7

21-08-02=15

21-08-03=10

22-01-04=10

24-02-03=10

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091 983166

required

Assign General

Class of Service

Feature class for Extension 20-06- for 8

different modes

SystemNumbering

Dial 0 Digit 1 Type 3 (Trunk access)Dial 2 Digit 3 Type 2 (Extension

access

Dial 4 Digit 2 Type 1 ( Service code )

Dial 5 Digit 1 Type 1Dial 6 Digit 1 Type 1

Dial 9 Digit 1 Type 5 (Operator Ext)

Dial Digit 2 Type 1

11-01-01Dial 0 Digit 1

Type 3 for Line

seizing

11-09-01=0 to change trunk access

code 0 or 9

20-17-01 to define

operator extension

Service Code

Set

Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)

Item 13 Last Number Redial - 42 (816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)

Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)

Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)

Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)

Item 34 Hook Flash ( SLT) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)

Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)

Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)

11-11-07 = 45

11-12-12 = 4211-12-02 = 46

11-12-27 = 40

11-12-10 = 47

11-12-14 = 6

11-12-42 = 4111-12-33 = 48

11-12-34 = 49

11-11-01 = 44Extension

Number

Extension Name

For Assigning Extension Numbers to

ports

To program Name for extension

11-02-01 Number

15-01-01 Name

Vitual

Extension

To assign virtual extension number

To assign ringing on virtual extension

To assign delayed ringing on virtual ext

To program virtual ext key

11-04-01

15-09-01

15-11-01

15-07-01 code

03+ ext no

DSS Console

port

The DSS console can be connected to

8th port of any 308 or 008 card

10-03-01=10 for port

connected to DSS

console

DSS ConnectStation

Assign Extension connected to DSSconsole

30-02-01

DSS ConsoleKey Assign

Assign keys on DSS console fordifferent functions

30-03-01

Slot Deletion Menu 1 90-05-01

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983092 983166

SLT Flashtimers- Define

the upper amp

lower limit to

match the slt

flash time

To adjust flash timing to 300 ms

o solve ghost ring problem

82-04-07 = 50(250 ms)

82-04-08 = 130

(650 ms)

15-03-15=1

81-01-14=35 used

in case centrex line

is connected toanalog line

Echo sound in

KTS

instruments

In some places KTS instruments gives

echo and disturbance in crowded place

can be resolved

99-01-61=1

To resolve

problem ofharsh noise in

Trunk lines

Set Codec filter to 0 ie no filter 81-07-01=0Default=2

External MOH10-04-01=1 0=Internal MOH 1= External MOH

14-08-01=1 Music source connected BGM port14-08-02=1

Programs 14-08-01 and 14-08-02 to be programmed for each line

33-01-01 Port 1= type 310-03-01 Slot no-4

PGD 3 amp 4=9 default for both ports is data 6 ie external speaker please assign requiredport to 9 so that external music will work if connection is given to respective port

External MOH for PRI line (MSN NO)22-11-09 Music on Hold Source 0 = ICMOH Port 1 = BGM Port 2 = ACI Port

22-11-10 ACI Music Source Port When a sound source type is 2 in above (1~6)

Caller ID14-02-10=1 To enable or Disable caller ID on Analog trunk line 1-Enable 0-Disable14-02-16=1 To select Caller ID type for Analog trunk line 0=FSK 1=DTMF

It changes depending on exchange By default caller ID type is DTMF caller ID

15-03-09=1 Caller ID on single line extension to be programmed for every caller ID

single line instrument

While transferring incoming call from Key telephone to SLT if following procedure is

used then only CLI of caller is transferred to SLT

To transfer call instead of pressing hold press transfer then dial extension and hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983093 983166

Numbering

For deciding any extension numbers virtual extension numbers pilot numbers of huntgroup trunk access codes the starting digit is to be defined for how many digit numbersand type of code ie extension number service code trunk access code special trunk

access code operator access code and F-route access

In program 11-01-01 Define first digit total number of digitsType

Type 1=Access code 2=Extension numbers 3=Trunk access code 4=Special access

code 5=Operator access code 6=F-route access

ExampleExtension numbers are starting from 20 to 35

Service code in two digits starting from 40 to 49Operator access code=9

Trunk access code=011-01-01 Dial 2 Digit 2 Type 2

Dial 3 Digit 2 Type 2

Dial 4 Digit 2 Type 1

Dial 9 Digit 1 Type 5

Dial 0 Digit 1 Type 3

Following programs are used to program extension number service codesTo program extension numbers

11-02-01port noExtension numberTo program virtual extension numbers

11-04-01port no Virtual extension number

To program department group pilot numbers 11-07-01Tel GrExtension Grp no11-09-01 to program trunk access code default code is 9

11-09-02 to program special trunk access code 11-10 11-11 11-16 to change different service codes to required digits

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983094 983166

Department Group (Hunt Groups)

In Topaz system total 32 groups can be formed as department groups in program16-02-01 and department hunting sequence is decided in program 16-01 The departmentgroups are used with Direct Inward Line when ringing on multiple extensions are

required in sequence The hunting will take place only when pilot number is called and

when individual extension is called hunting will not happen In some programs instead of

pilot numbers data is mentioned ie 201 to 232 for department groups for example 22-11-

05 and 22-11-06

First form department group using commands-

Prog department name 16-01-01Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular

When option islsquo0rsquo that means when pilot number is called ringing will start with firstpriority extension and when option is lsquo1rsquo ringing will starts from next extension

Hunting mode 16-01-04

0-Hunting stops at last extension 1=Hunting continues

Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 To program timing for department hunting no

answer between department members

Hunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy2 -Hunting when no answer

3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer

Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group

Assign Department group to extn 16-02-01

In this program for every extension Department group is programmed You can assignextn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983095 983166

Toll restriction class

To prepare toll restriction class do the programming as follows

TollRestriction

Class

Class 1 ISD STD LOCAL

Class 2 STD LOCALClass 3 LOCAL

Class 4 NO DIALING

Class 5 Only Maharashtra

Class 6 Only Abbreviated

dialing

21-05 ndash 01 to 13Class 1 Item 01 to 13 all 0

Class 2 Item 08=1 rest all =0Class 3 Item 08=2 rest all =0

Class 4 Item 04- 1 rest all 0

Class5 Item 08=2

Item 07=1

Rest all 0

Class 6 Item 08=3

Toll

Restriction

Tables

This tables are having entries of

numbers

21-06-

Item 07 ndash Restriction Table

Table 1 Entry 1 - 00

Table 2 Entry 1 - 0

Table 3 Entry 1=( can be entered by pressing

Programming key 1 )

Item 03 Entry 1= 4 (max4 digits

dial)

Item06 Entry 1=020

Entry 2=021

Entry 3=022Entry 4=023

Entry 5=024

Entry 6=025

Entry 7=07

To assign toll restriction class to extension use command 21-04-01

Example To program ISD facility to extn 200 STD to 201 local to 20221-04-01 Extn 200 Mode1=1 Mode2=1hellip ISD

Extn 201 Mode1=2 Mode2=2hellip STD

Extn 202 Mode1=3 Mode2=3 LOCAL

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983096 983166

To form line Group for Outgoing dialing

14-07-01Line enabling and disabling can be done using commands 14-07 and 15-06 To disable

trunk line enter data lsquo0rsquo in trunk MAP in 14-07-01To form Trunk groups that is to assigned to extension with different combination of

Trunks MAP means different group of Trunk line which is to be given for outgoing

dialingFor Example there are six analog lines in the system 1 and 2 are having only incomingfacility and line5 is having ISD facility and not to be given except operator Prog will be

as follows

In 14-07-01

MAP 1 Trunk 1=7 Trunk 2=7 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=7 Trunk 6=7

MAP 2 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=7MAP 3 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=5 Trunk 4=5 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=5

Data 0= Line disable means no access for incoming or outgoing

Data 3=Access when trunk on hold

Data 4=Outgoing access and when trunk is on hold

Data 5=Incoming access and when trunk is on hold

Data 6=Only incoming and outgoing access

Data 7= Incoming access outgoing access and when trunk is on hold

The incoming access means can pickup incoming calls by pressing flashing key on KTSor by call pickup code The ringing depends on commands 22-04 and 22-05

15-06-01According to requirement form groups of trunk lines in 14-07-01 and assign that group

15-06-01 to extension In eight different groupsExtn 200(operator) Mode 1=1 Mode 2=1hellip Mode8 =1 All lines dialing

Extn 201helliphelliphellip Mode 1= 2 Mode 2=2hellip Mode8=2 Dialing of line 34 amp 6

Extn 207 Mode 1= 3 Mode 2=3Mode8=3 No outgoing access of lines

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983097 983166

Ringing type of Trunk lines

There are different types of Ring typeType= 0Normal ringing In this type of ringing trunk lines are programmed in IRG group andExtensions are assigned to IRG group The extensions are programmed as members ring

simultaneously (32 extension) Refer program 22-04-01 and 22-05-01

Type=1Voice response system When trunk is programmed as VRS system gives special dial tone and ifDSPDB card is installed gives welcome message and caller can dial extension number

Type=2DISA When trunk is programmed as DISA the caller will get prompt to dial password Afterdialing password caller can dial either dial extension number or can access system trunk to dialoutside number or can barge in to extension depending upon DISA class for that particular

password

Type =3Direct inward dialing This type is used for PRI line in which exchange sends digits on DID linewhich are transferred to required extension

Type =4Direct Inward line In this type trunk line rings to DIL target extension (actual extension pilotnumber hunt group) then rings to DIL no answer destination ie IRG group or DSPDB voicemailThe DIL no answer will work only if DIL no answer recall time is setRefer to program 22-07-01 22-08-01 and 22-01-04If DIL no answer recall time is not set call will ring to DIL target extension only

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983088 983166

Normal or Simultaneous ringing

To define normal ringing or simultaneous ringing to extensions do the programming asfollowsAssign type of ringing as normal ringing use command 22-02-01 data 0 for all modes

By default all lines are normal ringing ie data 0 in all eight modes

For Incoming ring setup to extensions use command 22-05-01 and 22-04-01

Command 22-05-01 is used to assign IRG group to trunk lines in all 8 modes

If line ringing is required to different extensions in Day amp Night mode ie mode 1 amp 2assign different IRG group

Example system is having four lines Trunk 1 ringing at Extn 200 in day mode amp 207 in night mode

Trunk 2 ringing at Extn 205 in day amp night modeTrunk 3 ringing at Extn 200 in day amp night mode

Trunk 4 ringing at Extn 202 in day amp night mode

22-05-01Trunk 1 Mode1=1 Mode2=2

Trunk 2 Mode1=3 Mode2=3Trunk 3 Mode1=1 Mode2=1

Trunk 4 Mode1=4 Mode2=4

22-04-01

IRG no-1 Memb1=200IRG no-2 Memb1=207

IRG no-3 Memb1=205

IRG no-4 Memb1=202

For your requirement of landing analog trunk line on five differentextensions on priority order program use following commands

First form department group using commands-Prog department name 16-01-01

Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular

In priority type every time incoming ringing starts from first priority extension and incircular type call rings to next extensionHunting mode 16-01-04 0-Hunting stops at last extn

1=Hunting continues

Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 Timer for department huntingHunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy

2 -Hunting when no answer

3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer

Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group

Assign dept group to extn 16-02-01You can assign extn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1135

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983090 983166

Class of service

To enable and disable features in class of service use the command 20-07 to 20-13These are some features activation commands

Class Of Service

options

Manual nit SW - 1Non hold Trfr - 1Break in ndash 0 speech 1 monitorbreak in ndash 0Setting of signalvoice call - 0Forced Trunk Disconnect - 1Dial Block - 1Trunk Port Disable ndash 1Automatic Override

If STD ISD barred calls should notbe transferred to the Oper

20-07-01=120-11-07=120-13-10=020-13-15=020-09-05=020-07-11=120-08-08=120-07-12=120-13-06=1

20-13-20= 0

To change class of service of Extn command 20-06-01 is used20-06-01 Extn No-Mode1=1 Mode2=1helliphellip Mode8=1

User feature codes

By default 7 and 8 series numbers are used for system service code and on requirement they canbe change by using numbering commands 11-10 to 11-16Example shows some feature codes changed

Service Code

Set

Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)Item 13 Last Number Redial-42(816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)Item 34 Hook Flash(slt) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)

11-11-07 = 45

11-12-12 = 42

11-12-02 = 46

11-12-27 = 4011-12-10 = 47

11-12-14 = 6

11-12-42 = 41

11-12-33 = 48

11-12-34 = 49

11-11-01 = 44

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166

Abbreviated Dialing

Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal

often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the

Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing

Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long

When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing

To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)

1 Press a SPK key

2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)

Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming

4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH

5 Press HOLD

6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits

long

7 Press HOLD

8 Press SPK to hang up

To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number

1 At system phone press a SPK key

ORAt single line set lift handset

2 Dial 813

ORPress DC key

OR

Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)

3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166

Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27

To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key

OR

At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814

OR

Press DC keyOR

Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)

3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code

The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call

To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code

and function code 28

To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)

1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it

ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key

ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166

Barge in

Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the

intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user

can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In

modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller

Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech

Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation

Commands for Barge in

20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)

20-13-15 Activate Barge in

20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit

Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension

The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone

1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key

Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)

Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810

ORPress Barge In key

3 Dial busy extension

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166

Conference

Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting

without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any

number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one

extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the

originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference

From System Phone (KTS phone)

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add

ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR

press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties

From Single Line telephone Set

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone

Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add

OR

Access trunk callOR

Press from Park key

4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference

To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties

System Phone

1 Hang up

If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold

Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside

callers may hear Music on Hold

By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166

Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call

Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are

Call Forwarding Immediate

Call Forwarding when Busy

Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered

Call Forwarding when Unanswered

Call Forwarding with Both Ringing

Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker

Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842

Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel

Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls

2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing

Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker

In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number

15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions

20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)

20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)

20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166

External call forward

20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise

14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups

14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward

having different trunk groups in four priorities

21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different

modes

Remote conference

In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference

Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference

20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166

Dial Block

The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator

Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial

block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered

Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking

Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension

20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166

Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable

12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system

20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode

15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2

Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on

Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable

12-02-01 Prepare time pattern

Night mode service group number 1

Time pattern no 1

Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2

Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1

Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2

Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode

12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01

12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year

Key Programming for KTS instrument

The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press

key no function code + add data

Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5

helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00

Then program keys

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8

Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166

Automatic Route selection (ARS)

Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03

There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities

Programming for Basic ARS

This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone

26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)

Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables

ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS

14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups

14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned

21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service

26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer

26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166

44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities

Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4

Example

The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5

Required Programming

Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0

Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4

Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2

Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5

F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4

Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166

Account Code

Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or

anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it

Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they

place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an

incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not

block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls

Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account

Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example

the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239

To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial

2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key

3 Dial

To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force

account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key

4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call

Programming for Account code

35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified

35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will

show lsquorsquo )

35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166

Programming for PRI line

Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on

22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3

22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8

To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits

22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)

22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code

22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy

22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2

nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy

1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group

400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number

000 to 999)

20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =

Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If

22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)

22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area

If 1

st

and 2

nd

transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01

22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default

conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)

Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time

22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2

nd and 3

rd transfer destination

22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer

13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing

Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)

22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)

Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise

21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)

21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)

If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is

considered

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166

PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive

4 5 = Transmit

Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th

slot

Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215

If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200

10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1

22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type

22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip

22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip

If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn

200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1

22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect

Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer

3= Busy or No answer

22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination

22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200

By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using

command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01

And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no

Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command

Programming for changing Ring back tone

80-01-01

Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0

Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32

Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 2: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090 983166

These programs are necessary for installing NEC Topaz

TYPE REMARKS TOPAZ

System Time amp

Date setup

Year (00 to 99)

Month (01 to 12)

Date (01 to 31)

Day (1 to 7) Sun to Sat

Hour (00 to 23)

Minute (00 to 59)

Second (00 to 59)

10-01-01

10-01-02

10-01-03

10-01-04

10-01-05

10-01-06

10-01-07

Basic Port SetUp to see type

of device

connected to a

particular

physical port

1)For 308M308E008ETerminal Type

0-No setting

1-Multiline phone

2-Single line telephone

10-Dss console

13-Trunk

2) For 2PGDU card

Physical port 120-No setting

8-Door PhonePhysical port 340-No setting

6-External speaker

9-External MOH or BGM

10-03-01 Slot no 1 to 18

10-03-01

System Basic

Options

Intrusion tone

Signal Voice CallTransfer to busy extRetrieve the line after Transfer

DTMF slt and Tone lines

Alarm for long duration

Detail state of party

20-13-17=0

20-02-12=124-02-01=120-02-04=0

20-03-03=1

20-13-01=0

20-13-22=1System Timers Busy tone Timer

Dial Pause at first digit

DTMF active timer

Extension Dial tone sending

Interval of repeat Dial

Repeat Dial enable Call

DIL no answer-

No answer timer for call forward

Programs which are necessary program if DIL with No Answer is

20-18-02=521-01-06=1

20-01-05=7

20-18-01=7

21-08-02=15

21-08-03=10

22-01-04=10

24-02-03=10

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091 983166

required

Assign General

Class of Service

Feature class for Extension 20-06- for 8

different modes

SystemNumbering

Dial 0 Digit 1 Type 3 (Trunk access)Dial 2 Digit 3 Type 2 (Extension

access

Dial 4 Digit 2 Type 1 ( Service code )

Dial 5 Digit 1 Type 1Dial 6 Digit 1 Type 1

Dial 9 Digit 1 Type 5 (Operator Ext)

Dial Digit 2 Type 1

11-01-01Dial 0 Digit 1

Type 3 for Line

seizing

11-09-01=0 to change trunk access

code 0 or 9

20-17-01 to define

operator extension

Service Code

Set

Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)

Item 13 Last Number Redial - 42 (816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)

Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)

Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)

Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)

Item 34 Hook Flash ( SLT) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)

Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)

Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)

11-11-07 = 45

11-12-12 = 4211-12-02 = 46

11-12-27 = 40

11-12-10 = 47

11-12-14 = 6

11-12-42 = 4111-12-33 = 48

11-12-34 = 49

11-11-01 = 44Extension

Number

Extension Name

For Assigning Extension Numbers to

ports

To program Name for extension

11-02-01 Number

15-01-01 Name

Vitual

Extension

To assign virtual extension number

To assign ringing on virtual extension

To assign delayed ringing on virtual ext

To program virtual ext key

11-04-01

15-09-01

15-11-01

15-07-01 code

03+ ext no

DSS Console

port

The DSS console can be connected to

8th port of any 308 or 008 card

10-03-01=10 for port

connected to DSS

console

DSS ConnectStation

Assign Extension connected to DSSconsole

30-02-01

DSS ConsoleKey Assign

Assign keys on DSS console fordifferent functions

30-03-01

Slot Deletion Menu 1 90-05-01

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983092 983166

SLT Flashtimers- Define

the upper amp

lower limit to

match the slt

flash time

To adjust flash timing to 300 ms

o solve ghost ring problem

82-04-07 = 50(250 ms)

82-04-08 = 130

(650 ms)

15-03-15=1

81-01-14=35 used

in case centrex line

is connected toanalog line

Echo sound in

KTS

instruments

In some places KTS instruments gives

echo and disturbance in crowded place

can be resolved

99-01-61=1

To resolve

problem ofharsh noise in

Trunk lines

Set Codec filter to 0 ie no filter 81-07-01=0Default=2

External MOH10-04-01=1 0=Internal MOH 1= External MOH

14-08-01=1 Music source connected BGM port14-08-02=1

Programs 14-08-01 and 14-08-02 to be programmed for each line

33-01-01 Port 1= type 310-03-01 Slot no-4

PGD 3 amp 4=9 default for both ports is data 6 ie external speaker please assign requiredport to 9 so that external music will work if connection is given to respective port

External MOH for PRI line (MSN NO)22-11-09 Music on Hold Source 0 = ICMOH Port 1 = BGM Port 2 = ACI Port

22-11-10 ACI Music Source Port When a sound source type is 2 in above (1~6)

Caller ID14-02-10=1 To enable or Disable caller ID on Analog trunk line 1-Enable 0-Disable14-02-16=1 To select Caller ID type for Analog trunk line 0=FSK 1=DTMF

It changes depending on exchange By default caller ID type is DTMF caller ID

15-03-09=1 Caller ID on single line extension to be programmed for every caller ID

single line instrument

While transferring incoming call from Key telephone to SLT if following procedure is

used then only CLI of caller is transferred to SLT

To transfer call instead of pressing hold press transfer then dial extension and hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983093 983166

Numbering

For deciding any extension numbers virtual extension numbers pilot numbers of huntgroup trunk access codes the starting digit is to be defined for how many digit numbersand type of code ie extension number service code trunk access code special trunk

access code operator access code and F-route access

In program 11-01-01 Define first digit total number of digitsType

Type 1=Access code 2=Extension numbers 3=Trunk access code 4=Special access

code 5=Operator access code 6=F-route access

ExampleExtension numbers are starting from 20 to 35

Service code in two digits starting from 40 to 49Operator access code=9

Trunk access code=011-01-01 Dial 2 Digit 2 Type 2

Dial 3 Digit 2 Type 2

Dial 4 Digit 2 Type 1

Dial 9 Digit 1 Type 5

Dial 0 Digit 1 Type 3

Following programs are used to program extension number service codesTo program extension numbers

11-02-01port noExtension numberTo program virtual extension numbers

11-04-01port no Virtual extension number

To program department group pilot numbers 11-07-01Tel GrExtension Grp no11-09-01 to program trunk access code default code is 9

11-09-02 to program special trunk access code 11-10 11-11 11-16 to change different service codes to required digits

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983094 983166

Department Group (Hunt Groups)

In Topaz system total 32 groups can be formed as department groups in program16-02-01 and department hunting sequence is decided in program 16-01 The departmentgroups are used with Direct Inward Line when ringing on multiple extensions are

required in sequence The hunting will take place only when pilot number is called and

when individual extension is called hunting will not happen In some programs instead of

pilot numbers data is mentioned ie 201 to 232 for department groups for example 22-11-

05 and 22-11-06

First form department group using commands-

Prog department name 16-01-01Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular

When option islsquo0rsquo that means when pilot number is called ringing will start with firstpriority extension and when option is lsquo1rsquo ringing will starts from next extension

Hunting mode 16-01-04

0-Hunting stops at last extension 1=Hunting continues

Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 To program timing for department hunting no

answer between department members

Hunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy2 -Hunting when no answer

3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer

Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group

Assign Department group to extn 16-02-01

In this program for every extension Department group is programmed You can assignextn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983095 983166

Toll restriction class

To prepare toll restriction class do the programming as follows

TollRestriction

Class

Class 1 ISD STD LOCAL

Class 2 STD LOCALClass 3 LOCAL

Class 4 NO DIALING

Class 5 Only Maharashtra

Class 6 Only Abbreviated

dialing

21-05 ndash 01 to 13Class 1 Item 01 to 13 all 0

Class 2 Item 08=1 rest all =0Class 3 Item 08=2 rest all =0

Class 4 Item 04- 1 rest all 0

Class5 Item 08=2

Item 07=1

Rest all 0

Class 6 Item 08=3

Toll

Restriction

Tables

This tables are having entries of

numbers

21-06-

Item 07 ndash Restriction Table

Table 1 Entry 1 - 00

Table 2 Entry 1 - 0

Table 3 Entry 1=( can be entered by pressing

Programming key 1 )

Item 03 Entry 1= 4 (max4 digits

dial)

Item06 Entry 1=020

Entry 2=021

Entry 3=022Entry 4=023

Entry 5=024

Entry 6=025

Entry 7=07

To assign toll restriction class to extension use command 21-04-01

Example To program ISD facility to extn 200 STD to 201 local to 20221-04-01 Extn 200 Mode1=1 Mode2=1hellip ISD

Extn 201 Mode1=2 Mode2=2hellip STD

Extn 202 Mode1=3 Mode2=3 LOCAL

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983096 983166

To form line Group for Outgoing dialing

14-07-01Line enabling and disabling can be done using commands 14-07 and 15-06 To disable

trunk line enter data lsquo0rsquo in trunk MAP in 14-07-01To form Trunk groups that is to assigned to extension with different combination of

Trunks MAP means different group of Trunk line which is to be given for outgoing

dialingFor Example there are six analog lines in the system 1 and 2 are having only incomingfacility and line5 is having ISD facility and not to be given except operator Prog will be

as follows

In 14-07-01

MAP 1 Trunk 1=7 Trunk 2=7 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=7 Trunk 6=7

MAP 2 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=7MAP 3 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=5 Trunk 4=5 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=5

Data 0= Line disable means no access for incoming or outgoing

Data 3=Access when trunk on hold

Data 4=Outgoing access and when trunk is on hold

Data 5=Incoming access and when trunk is on hold

Data 6=Only incoming and outgoing access

Data 7= Incoming access outgoing access and when trunk is on hold

The incoming access means can pickup incoming calls by pressing flashing key on KTSor by call pickup code The ringing depends on commands 22-04 and 22-05

15-06-01According to requirement form groups of trunk lines in 14-07-01 and assign that group

15-06-01 to extension In eight different groupsExtn 200(operator) Mode 1=1 Mode 2=1hellip Mode8 =1 All lines dialing

Extn 201helliphelliphellip Mode 1= 2 Mode 2=2hellip Mode8=2 Dialing of line 34 amp 6

Extn 207 Mode 1= 3 Mode 2=3Mode8=3 No outgoing access of lines

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983097 983166

Ringing type of Trunk lines

There are different types of Ring typeType= 0Normal ringing In this type of ringing trunk lines are programmed in IRG group andExtensions are assigned to IRG group The extensions are programmed as members ring

simultaneously (32 extension) Refer program 22-04-01 and 22-05-01

Type=1Voice response system When trunk is programmed as VRS system gives special dial tone and ifDSPDB card is installed gives welcome message and caller can dial extension number

Type=2DISA When trunk is programmed as DISA the caller will get prompt to dial password Afterdialing password caller can dial either dial extension number or can access system trunk to dialoutside number or can barge in to extension depending upon DISA class for that particular

password

Type =3Direct inward dialing This type is used for PRI line in which exchange sends digits on DID linewhich are transferred to required extension

Type =4Direct Inward line In this type trunk line rings to DIL target extension (actual extension pilotnumber hunt group) then rings to DIL no answer destination ie IRG group or DSPDB voicemailThe DIL no answer will work only if DIL no answer recall time is setRefer to program 22-07-01 22-08-01 and 22-01-04If DIL no answer recall time is not set call will ring to DIL target extension only

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983088 983166

Normal or Simultaneous ringing

To define normal ringing or simultaneous ringing to extensions do the programming asfollowsAssign type of ringing as normal ringing use command 22-02-01 data 0 for all modes

By default all lines are normal ringing ie data 0 in all eight modes

For Incoming ring setup to extensions use command 22-05-01 and 22-04-01

Command 22-05-01 is used to assign IRG group to trunk lines in all 8 modes

If line ringing is required to different extensions in Day amp Night mode ie mode 1 amp 2assign different IRG group

Example system is having four lines Trunk 1 ringing at Extn 200 in day mode amp 207 in night mode

Trunk 2 ringing at Extn 205 in day amp night modeTrunk 3 ringing at Extn 200 in day amp night mode

Trunk 4 ringing at Extn 202 in day amp night mode

22-05-01Trunk 1 Mode1=1 Mode2=2

Trunk 2 Mode1=3 Mode2=3Trunk 3 Mode1=1 Mode2=1

Trunk 4 Mode1=4 Mode2=4

22-04-01

IRG no-1 Memb1=200IRG no-2 Memb1=207

IRG no-3 Memb1=205

IRG no-4 Memb1=202

For your requirement of landing analog trunk line on five differentextensions on priority order program use following commands

First form department group using commands-Prog department name 16-01-01

Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular

In priority type every time incoming ringing starts from first priority extension and incircular type call rings to next extensionHunting mode 16-01-04 0-Hunting stops at last extn

1=Hunting continues

Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 Timer for department huntingHunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy

2 -Hunting when no answer

3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer

Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group

Assign dept group to extn 16-02-01You can assign extn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1135

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983090 983166

Class of service

To enable and disable features in class of service use the command 20-07 to 20-13These are some features activation commands

Class Of Service

options

Manual nit SW - 1Non hold Trfr - 1Break in ndash 0 speech 1 monitorbreak in ndash 0Setting of signalvoice call - 0Forced Trunk Disconnect - 1Dial Block - 1Trunk Port Disable ndash 1Automatic Override

If STD ISD barred calls should notbe transferred to the Oper

20-07-01=120-11-07=120-13-10=020-13-15=020-09-05=020-07-11=120-08-08=120-07-12=120-13-06=1

20-13-20= 0

To change class of service of Extn command 20-06-01 is used20-06-01 Extn No-Mode1=1 Mode2=1helliphellip Mode8=1

User feature codes

By default 7 and 8 series numbers are used for system service code and on requirement they canbe change by using numbering commands 11-10 to 11-16Example shows some feature codes changed

Service Code

Set

Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)Item 13 Last Number Redial-42(816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)Item 34 Hook Flash(slt) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)

11-11-07 = 45

11-12-12 = 42

11-12-02 = 46

11-12-27 = 4011-12-10 = 47

11-12-14 = 6

11-12-42 = 41

11-12-33 = 48

11-12-34 = 49

11-11-01 = 44

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166

Abbreviated Dialing

Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal

often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the

Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing

Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long

When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing

To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)

1 Press a SPK key

2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)

Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming

4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH

5 Press HOLD

6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits

long

7 Press HOLD

8 Press SPK to hang up

To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number

1 At system phone press a SPK key

ORAt single line set lift handset

2 Dial 813

ORPress DC key

OR

Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)

3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166

Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27

To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key

OR

At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814

OR

Press DC keyOR

Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)

3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code

The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call

To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code

and function code 28

To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)

1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it

ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key

ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166

Barge in

Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the

intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user

can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In

modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller

Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech

Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation

Commands for Barge in

20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)

20-13-15 Activate Barge in

20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit

Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension

The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone

1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key

Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)

Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810

ORPress Barge In key

3 Dial busy extension

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166

Conference

Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting

without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any

number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one

extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the

originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference

From System Phone (KTS phone)

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add

ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR

press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties

From Single Line telephone Set

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone

Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add

OR

Access trunk callOR

Press from Park key

4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference

To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties

System Phone

1 Hang up

If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold

Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside

callers may hear Music on Hold

By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166

Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call

Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are

Call Forwarding Immediate

Call Forwarding when Busy

Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered

Call Forwarding when Unanswered

Call Forwarding with Both Ringing

Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker

Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842

Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel

Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls

2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing

Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker

In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number

15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions

20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)

20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)

20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166

External call forward

20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise

14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups

14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward

having different trunk groups in four priorities

21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different

modes

Remote conference

In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference

Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference

20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166

Dial Block

The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator

Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial

block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered

Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking

Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension

20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166

Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable

12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system

20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode

15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2

Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on

Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable

12-02-01 Prepare time pattern

Night mode service group number 1

Time pattern no 1

Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2

Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1

Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2

Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode

12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01

12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year

Key Programming for KTS instrument

The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press

key no function code + add data

Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5

helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00

Then program keys

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8

Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166

Automatic Route selection (ARS)

Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03

There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities

Programming for Basic ARS

This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone

26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)

Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables

ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS

14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups

14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned

21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service

26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer

26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166

44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities

Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4

Example

The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5

Required Programming

Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0

Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4

Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2

Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5

F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4

Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166

Account Code

Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or

anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it

Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they

place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an

incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not

block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls

Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account

Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example

the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239

To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial

2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key

3 Dial

To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force

account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key

4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call

Programming for Account code

35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified

35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will

show lsquorsquo )

35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166

Programming for PRI line

Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on

22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3

22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8

To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits

22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)

22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code

22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy

22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2

nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy

1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group

400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number

000 to 999)

20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =

Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If

22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)

22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area

If 1

st

and 2

nd

transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01

22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default

conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)

Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time

22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2

nd and 3

rd transfer destination

22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer

13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing

Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)

22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)

Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise

21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)

21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)

If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is

considered

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166

PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive

4 5 = Transmit

Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th

slot

Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215

If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200

10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1

22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type

22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip

22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip

If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn

200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1

22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect

Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer

3= Busy or No answer

22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination

22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200

By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using

command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01

And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no

Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command

Programming for changing Ring back tone

80-01-01

Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0

Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32

Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 3: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091 983166

required

Assign General

Class of Service

Feature class for Extension 20-06- for 8

different modes

SystemNumbering

Dial 0 Digit 1 Type 3 (Trunk access)Dial 2 Digit 3 Type 2 (Extension

access

Dial 4 Digit 2 Type 1 ( Service code )

Dial 5 Digit 1 Type 1Dial 6 Digit 1 Type 1

Dial 9 Digit 1 Type 5 (Operator Ext)

Dial Digit 2 Type 1

11-01-01Dial 0 Digit 1

Type 3 for Line

seizing

11-09-01=0 to change trunk access

code 0 or 9

20-17-01 to define

operator extension

Service Code

Set

Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)

Item 13 Last Number Redial - 42 (816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)

Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)

Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)

Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)

Item 34 Hook Flash ( SLT) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)

Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)

Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)

11-11-07 = 45

11-12-12 = 4211-12-02 = 46

11-12-27 = 40

11-12-10 = 47

11-12-14 = 6

11-12-42 = 4111-12-33 = 48

11-12-34 = 49

11-11-01 = 44Extension

Number

Extension Name

For Assigning Extension Numbers to

ports

To program Name for extension

11-02-01 Number

15-01-01 Name

Vitual

Extension

To assign virtual extension number

To assign ringing on virtual extension

To assign delayed ringing on virtual ext

To program virtual ext key

11-04-01

15-09-01

15-11-01

15-07-01 code

03+ ext no

DSS Console

port

The DSS console can be connected to

8th port of any 308 or 008 card

10-03-01=10 for port

connected to DSS

console

DSS ConnectStation

Assign Extension connected to DSSconsole

30-02-01

DSS ConsoleKey Assign

Assign keys on DSS console fordifferent functions

30-03-01

Slot Deletion Menu 1 90-05-01

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983092 983166

SLT Flashtimers- Define

the upper amp

lower limit to

match the slt

flash time

To adjust flash timing to 300 ms

o solve ghost ring problem

82-04-07 = 50(250 ms)

82-04-08 = 130

(650 ms)

15-03-15=1

81-01-14=35 used

in case centrex line

is connected toanalog line

Echo sound in

KTS

instruments

In some places KTS instruments gives

echo and disturbance in crowded place

can be resolved

99-01-61=1

To resolve

problem ofharsh noise in

Trunk lines

Set Codec filter to 0 ie no filter 81-07-01=0Default=2

External MOH10-04-01=1 0=Internal MOH 1= External MOH

14-08-01=1 Music source connected BGM port14-08-02=1

Programs 14-08-01 and 14-08-02 to be programmed for each line

33-01-01 Port 1= type 310-03-01 Slot no-4

PGD 3 amp 4=9 default for both ports is data 6 ie external speaker please assign requiredport to 9 so that external music will work if connection is given to respective port

External MOH for PRI line (MSN NO)22-11-09 Music on Hold Source 0 = ICMOH Port 1 = BGM Port 2 = ACI Port

22-11-10 ACI Music Source Port When a sound source type is 2 in above (1~6)

Caller ID14-02-10=1 To enable or Disable caller ID on Analog trunk line 1-Enable 0-Disable14-02-16=1 To select Caller ID type for Analog trunk line 0=FSK 1=DTMF

It changes depending on exchange By default caller ID type is DTMF caller ID

15-03-09=1 Caller ID on single line extension to be programmed for every caller ID

single line instrument

While transferring incoming call from Key telephone to SLT if following procedure is

used then only CLI of caller is transferred to SLT

To transfer call instead of pressing hold press transfer then dial extension and hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983093 983166

Numbering

For deciding any extension numbers virtual extension numbers pilot numbers of huntgroup trunk access codes the starting digit is to be defined for how many digit numbersand type of code ie extension number service code trunk access code special trunk

access code operator access code and F-route access

In program 11-01-01 Define first digit total number of digitsType

Type 1=Access code 2=Extension numbers 3=Trunk access code 4=Special access

code 5=Operator access code 6=F-route access

ExampleExtension numbers are starting from 20 to 35

Service code in two digits starting from 40 to 49Operator access code=9

Trunk access code=011-01-01 Dial 2 Digit 2 Type 2

Dial 3 Digit 2 Type 2

Dial 4 Digit 2 Type 1

Dial 9 Digit 1 Type 5

Dial 0 Digit 1 Type 3

Following programs are used to program extension number service codesTo program extension numbers

11-02-01port noExtension numberTo program virtual extension numbers

11-04-01port no Virtual extension number

To program department group pilot numbers 11-07-01Tel GrExtension Grp no11-09-01 to program trunk access code default code is 9

11-09-02 to program special trunk access code 11-10 11-11 11-16 to change different service codes to required digits

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983094 983166

Department Group (Hunt Groups)

In Topaz system total 32 groups can be formed as department groups in program16-02-01 and department hunting sequence is decided in program 16-01 The departmentgroups are used with Direct Inward Line when ringing on multiple extensions are

required in sequence The hunting will take place only when pilot number is called and

when individual extension is called hunting will not happen In some programs instead of

pilot numbers data is mentioned ie 201 to 232 for department groups for example 22-11-

05 and 22-11-06

First form department group using commands-

Prog department name 16-01-01Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular

When option islsquo0rsquo that means when pilot number is called ringing will start with firstpriority extension and when option is lsquo1rsquo ringing will starts from next extension

Hunting mode 16-01-04

0-Hunting stops at last extension 1=Hunting continues

Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 To program timing for department hunting no

answer between department members

Hunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy2 -Hunting when no answer

3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer

Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group

Assign Department group to extn 16-02-01

In this program for every extension Department group is programmed You can assignextn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983095 983166

Toll restriction class

To prepare toll restriction class do the programming as follows

TollRestriction

Class

Class 1 ISD STD LOCAL

Class 2 STD LOCALClass 3 LOCAL

Class 4 NO DIALING

Class 5 Only Maharashtra

Class 6 Only Abbreviated

dialing

21-05 ndash 01 to 13Class 1 Item 01 to 13 all 0

Class 2 Item 08=1 rest all =0Class 3 Item 08=2 rest all =0

Class 4 Item 04- 1 rest all 0

Class5 Item 08=2

Item 07=1

Rest all 0

Class 6 Item 08=3

Toll

Restriction

Tables

This tables are having entries of

numbers

21-06-

Item 07 ndash Restriction Table

Table 1 Entry 1 - 00

Table 2 Entry 1 - 0

Table 3 Entry 1=( can be entered by pressing

Programming key 1 )

Item 03 Entry 1= 4 (max4 digits

dial)

Item06 Entry 1=020

Entry 2=021

Entry 3=022Entry 4=023

Entry 5=024

Entry 6=025

Entry 7=07

To assign toll restriction class to extension use command 21-04-01

Example To program ISD facility to extn 200 STD to 201 local to 20221-04-01 Extn 200 Mode1=1 Mode2=1hellip ISD

Extn 201 Mode1=2 Mode2=2hellip STD

Extn 202 Mode1=3 Mode2=3 LOCAL

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983096 983166

To form line Group for Outgoing dialing

14-07-01Line enabling and disabling can be done using commands 14-07 and 15-06 To disable

trunk line enter data lsquo0rsquo in trunk MAP in 14-07-01To form Trunk groups that is to assigned to extension with different combination of

Trunks MAP means different group of Trunk line which is to be given for outgoing

dialingFor Example there are six analog lines in the system 1 and 2 are having only incomingfacility and line5 is having ISD facility and not to be given except operator Prog will be

as follows

In 14-07-01

MAP 1 Trunk 1=7 Trunk 2=7 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=7 Trunk 6=7

MAP 2 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=7MAP 3 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=5 Trunk 4=5 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=5

Data 0= Line disable means no access for incoming or outgoing

Data 3=Access when trunk on hold

Data 4=Outgoing access and when trunk is on hold

Data 5=Incoming access and when trunk is on hold

Data 6=Only incoming and outgoing access

Data 7= Incoming access outgoing access and when trunk is on hold

The incoming access means can pickup incoming calls by pressing flashing key on KTSor by call pickup code The ringing depends on commands 22-04 and 22-05

15-06-01According to requirement form groups of trunk lines in 14-07-01 and assign that group

15-06-01 to extension In eight different groupsExtn 200(operator) Mode 1=1 Mode 2=1hellip Mode8 =1 All lines dialing

Extn 201helliphelliphellip Mode 1= 2 Mode 2=2hellip Mode8=2 Dialing of line 34 amp 6

Extn 207 Mode 1= 3 Mode 2=3Mode8=3 No outgoing access of lines

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983097 983166

Ringing type of Trunk lines

There are different types of Ring typeType= 0Normal ringing In this type of ringing trunk lines are programmed in IRG group andExtensions are assigned to IRG group The extensions are programmed as members ring

simultaneously (32 extension) Refer program 22-04-01 and 22-05-01

Type=1Voice response system When trunk is programmed as VRS system gives special dial tone and ifDSPDB card is installed gives welcome message and caller can dial extension number

Type=2DISA When trunk is programmed as DISA the caller will get prompt to dial password Afterdialing password caller can dial either dial extension number or can access system trunk to dialoutside number or can barge in to extension depending upon DISA class for that particular

password

Type =3Direct inward dialing This type is used for PRI line in which exchange sends digits on DID linewhich are transferred to required extension

Type =4Direct Inward line In this type trunk line rings to DIL target extension (actual extension pilotnumber hunt group) then rings to DIL no answer destination ie IRG group or DSPDB voicemailThe DIL no answer will work only if DIL no answer recall time is setRefer to program 22-07-01 22-08-01 and 22-01-04If DIL no answer recall time is not set call will ring to DIL target extension only

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983088 983166

Normal or Simultaneous ringing

To define normal ringing or simultaneous ringing to extensions do the programming asfollowsAssign type of ringing as normal ringing use command 22-02-01 data 0 for all modes

By default all lines are normal ringing ie data 0 in all eight modes

For Incoming ring setup to extensions use command 22-05-01 and 22-04-01

Command 22-05-01 is used to assign IRG group to trunk lines in all 8 modes

If line ringing is required to different extensions in Day amp Night mode ie mode 1 amp 2assign different IRG group

Example system is having four lines Trunk 1 ringing at Extn 200 in day mode amp 207 in night mode

Trunk 2 ringing at Extn 205 in day amp night modeTrunk 3 ringing at Extn 200 in day amp night mode

Trunk 4 ringing at Extn 202 in day amp night mode

22-05-01Trunk 1 Mode1=1 Mode2=2

Trunk 2 Mode1=3 Mode2=3Trunk 3 Mode1=1 Mode2=1

Trunk 4 Mode1=4 Mode2=4

22-04-01

IRG no-1 Memb1=200IRG no-2 Memb1=207

IRG no-3 Memb1=205

IRG no-4 Memb1=202

For your requirement of landing analog trunk line on five differentextensions on priority order program use following commands

First form department group using commands-Prog department name 16-01-01

Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular

In priority type every time incoming ringing starts from first priority extension and incircular type call rings to next extensionHunting mode 16-01-04 0-Hunting stops at last extn

1=Hunting continues

Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 Timer for department huntingHunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy

2 -Hunting when no answer

3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer

Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group

Assign dept group to extn 16-02-01You can assign extn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1135

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983090 983166

Class of service

To enable and disable features in class of service use the command 20-07 to 20-13These are some features activation commands

Class Of Service

options

Manual nit SW - 1Non hold Trfr - 1Break in ndash 0 speech 1 monitorbreak in ndash 0Setting of signalvoice call - 0Forced Trunk Disconnect - 1Dial Block - 1Trunk Port Disable ndash 1Automatic Override

If STD ISD barred calls should notbe transferred to the Oper

20-07-01=120-11-07=120-13-10=020-13-15=020-09-05=020-07-11=120-08-08=120-07-12=120-13-06=1

20-13-20= 0

To change class of service of Extn command 20-06-01 is used20-06-01 Extn No-Mode1=1 Mode2=1helliphellip Mode8=1

User feature codes

By default 7 and 8 series numbers are used for system service code and on requirement they canbe change by using numbering commands 11-10 to 11-16Example shows some feature codes changed

Service Code

Set

Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)Item 13 Last Number Redial-42(816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)Item 34 Hook Flash(slt) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)

11-11-07 = 45

11-12-12 = 42

11-12-02 = 46

11-12-27 = 4011-12-10 = 47

11-12-14 = 6

11-12-42 = 41

11-12-33 = 48

11-12-34 = 49

11-11-01 = 44

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166

Abbreviated Dialing

Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal

often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the

Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing

Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long

When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing

To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)

1 Press a SPK key

2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)

Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming

4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH

5 Press HOLD

6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits

long

7 Press HOLD

8 Press SPK to hang up

To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number

1 At system phone press a SPK key

ORAt single line set lift handset

2 Dial 813

ORPress DC key

OR

Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)

3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166

Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27

To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key

OR

At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814

OR

Press DC keyOR

Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)

3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code

The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call

To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code

and function code 28

To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)

1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it

ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key

ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166

Barge in

Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the

intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user

can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In

modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller

Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech

Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation

Commands for Barge in

20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)

20-13-15 Activate Barge in

20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit

Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension

The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone

1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key

Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)

Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810

ORPress Barge In key

3 Dial busy extension

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166

Conference

Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting

without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any

number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one

extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the

originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference

From System Phone (KTS phone)

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add

ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR

press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties

From Single Line telephone Set

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone

Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add

OR

Access trunk callOR

Press from Park key

4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference

To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties

System Phone

1 Hang up

If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold

Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside

callers may hear Music on Hold

By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166

Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call

Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are

Call Forwarding Immediate

Call Forwarding when Busy

Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered

Call Forwarding when Unanswered

Call Forwarding with Both Ringing

Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker

Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842

Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel

Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls

2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing

Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker

In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number

15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions

20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)

20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)

20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166

External call forward

20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise

14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups

14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward

having different trunk groups in four priorities

21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different

modes

Remote conference

In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference

Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference

20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166

Dial Block

The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator

Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial

block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered

Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking

Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension

20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166

Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable

12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system

20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode

15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2

Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on

Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable

12-02-01 Prepare time pattern

Night mode service group number 1

Time pattern no 1

Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2

Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1

Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2

Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode

12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01

12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year

Key Programming for KTS instrument

The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press

key no function code + add data

Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5

helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00

Then program keys

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8

Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166

Automatic Route selection (ARS)

Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03

There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities

Programming for Basic ARS

This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone

26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)

Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables

ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS

14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups

14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned

21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service

26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer

26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166

44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities

Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4

Example

The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5

Required Programming

Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0

Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4

Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2

Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5

F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4

Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166

Account Code

Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or

anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it

Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they

place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an

incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not

block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls

Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account

Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example

the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239

To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial

2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key

3 Dial

To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force

account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key

4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call

Programming for Account code

35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified

35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will

show lsquorsquo )

35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166

Programming for PRI line

Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on

22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3

22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8

To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits

22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)

22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code

22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy

22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2

nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy

1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group

400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number

000 to 999)

20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =

Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If

22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)

22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area

If 1

st

and 2

nd

transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01

22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default

conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)

Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time

22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2

nd and 3

rd transfer destination

22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer

13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing

Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)

22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)

Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise

21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)

21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)

If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is

considered

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166

PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive

4 5 = Transmit

Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th

slot

Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215

If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200

10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1

22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type

22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip

22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip

If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn

200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1

22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect

Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer

3= Busy or No answer

22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination

22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200

By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using

command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01

And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no

Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command

Programming for changing Ring back tone

80-01-01

Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0

Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32

Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 4: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983092 983166

SLT Flashtimers- Define

the upper amp

lower limit to

match the slt

flash time

To adjust flash timing to 300 ms

o solve ghost ring problem

82-04-07 = 50(250 ms)

82-04-08 = 130

(650 ms)

15-03-15=1

81-01-14=35 used

in case centrex line

is connected toanalog line

Echo sound in

KTS

instruments

In some places KTS instruments gives

echo and disturbance in crowded place

can be resolved

99-01-61=1

To resolve

problem ofharsh noise in

Trunk lines

Set Codec filter to 0 ie no filter 81-07-01=0Default=2

External MOH10-04-01=1 0=Internal MOH 1= External MOH

14-08-01=1 Music source connected BGM port14-08-02=1

Programs 14-08-01 and 14-08-02 to be programmed for each line

33-01-01 Port 1= type 310-03-01 Slot no-4

PGD 3 amp 4=9 default for both ports is data 6 ie external speaker please assign requiredport to 9 so that external music will work if connection is given to respective port

External MOH for PRI line (MSN NO)22-11-09 Music on Hold Source 0 = ICMOH Port 1 = BGM Port 2 = ACI Port

22-11-10 ACI Music Source Port When a sound source type is 2 in above (1~6)

Caller ID14-02-10=1 To enable or Disable caller ID on Analog trunk line 1-Enable 0-Disable14-02-16=1 To select Caller ID type for Analog trunk line 0=FSK 1=DTMF

It changes depending on exchange By default caller ID type is DTMF caller ID

15-03-09=1 Caller ID on single line extension to be programmed for every caller ID

single line instrument

While transferring incoming call from Key telephone to SLT if following procedure is

used then only CLI of caller is transferred to SLT

To transfer call instead of pressing hold press transfer then dial extension and hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983093 983166

Numbering

For deciding any extension numbers virtual extension numbers pilot numbers of huntgroup trunk access codes the starting digit is to be defined for how many digit numbersand type of code ie extension number service code trunk access code special trunk

access code operator access code and F-route access

In program 11-01-01 Define first digit total number of digitsType

Type 1=Access code 2=Extension numbers 3=Trunk access code 4=Special access

code 5=Operator access code 6=F-route access

ExampleExtension numbers are starting from 20 to 35

Service code in two digits starting from 40 to 49Operator access code=9

Trunk access code=011-01-01 Dial 2 Digit 2 Type 2

Dial 3 Digit 2 Type 2

Dial 4 Digit 2 Type 1

Dial 9 Digit 1 Type 5

Dial 0 Digit 1 Type 3

Following programs are used to program extension number service codesTo program extension numbers

11-02-01port noExtension numberTo program virtual extension numbers

11-04-01port no Virtual extension number

To program department group pilot numbers 11-07-01Tel GrExtension Grp no11-09-01 to program trunk access code default code is 9

11-09-02 to program special trunk access code 11-10 11-11 11-16 to change different service codes to required digits

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983094 983166

Department Group (Hunt Groups)

In Topaz system total 32 groups can be formed as department groups in program16-02-01 and department hunting sequence is decided in program 16-01 The departmentgroups are used with Direct Inward Line when ringing on multiple extensions are

required in sequence The hunting will take place only when pilot number is called and

when individual extension is called hunting will not happen In some programs instead of

pilot numbers data is mentioned ie 201 to 232 for department groups for example 22-11-

05 and 22-11-06

First form department group using commands-

Prog department name 16-01-01Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular

When option islsquo0rsquo that means when pilot number is called ringing will start with firstpriority extension and when option is lsquo1rsquo ringing will starts from next extension

Hunting mode 16-01-04

0-Hunting stops at last extension 1=Hunting continues

Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 To program timing for department hunting no

answer between department members

Hunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy2 -Hunting when no answer

3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer

Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group

Assign Department group to extn 16-02-01

In this program for every extension Department group is programmed You can assignextn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983095 983166

Toll restriction class

To prepare toll restriction class do the programming as follows

TollRestriction

Class

Class 1 ISD STD LOCAL

Class 2 STD LOCALClass 3 LOCAL

Class 4 NO DIALING

Class 5 Only Maharashtra

Class 6 Only Abbreviated

dialing

21-05 ndash 01 to 13Class 1 Item 01 to 13 all 0

Class 2 Item 08=1 rest all =0Class 3 Item 08=2 rest all =0

Class 4 Item 04- 1 rest all 0

Class5 Item 08=2

Item 07=1

Rest all 0

Class 6 Item 08=3

Toll

Restriction

Tables

This tables are having entries of

numbers

21-06-

Item 07 ndash Restriction Table

Table 1 Entry 1 - 00

Table 2 Entry 1 - 0

Table 3 Entry 1=( can be entered by pressing

Programming key 1 )

Item 03 Entry 1= 4 (max4 digits

dial)

Item06 Entry 1=020

Entry 2=021

Entry 3=022Entry 4=023

Entry 5=024

Entry 6=025

Entry 7=07

To assign toll restriction class to extension use command 21-04-01

Example To program ISD facility to extn 200 STD to 201 local to 20221-04-01 Extn 200 Mode1=1 Mode2=1hellip ISD

Extn 201 Mode1=2 Mode2=2hellip STD

Extn 202 Mode1=3 Mode2=3 LOCAL

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983096 983166

To form line Group for Outgoing dialing

14-07-01Line enabling and disabling can be done using commands 14-07 and 15-06 To disable

trunk line enter data lsquo0rsquo in trunk MAP in 14-07-01To form Trunk groups that is to assigned to extension with different combination of

Trunks MAP means different group of Trunk line which is to be given for outgoing

dialingFor Example there are six analog lines in the system 1 and 2 are having only incomingfacility and line5 is having ISD facility and not to be given except operator Prog will be

as follows

In 14-07-01

MAP 1 Trunk 1=7 Trunk 2=7 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=7 Trunk 6=7

MAP 2 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=7MAP 3 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=5 Trunk 4=5 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=5

Data 0= Line disable means no access for incoming or outgoing

Data 3=Access when trunk on hold

Data 4=Outgoing access and when trunk is on hold

Data 5=Incoming access and when trunk is on hold

Data 6=Only incoming and outgoing access

Data 7= Incoming access outgoing access and when trunk is on hold

The incoming access means can pickup incoming calls by pressing flashing key on KTSor by call pickup code The ringing depends on commands 22-04 and 22-05

15-06-01According to requirement form groups of trunk lines in 14-07-01 and assign that group

15-06-01 to extension In eight different groupsExtn 200(operator) Mode 1=1 Mode 2=1hellip Mode8 =1 All lines dialing

Extn 201helliphelliphellip Mode 1= 2 Mode 2=2hellip Mode8=2 Dialing of line 34 amp 6

Extn 207 Mode 1= 3 Mode 2=3Mode8=3 No outgoing access of lines

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983097 983166

Ringing type of Trunk lines

There are different types of Ring typeType= 0Normal ringing In this type of ringing trunk lines are programmed in IRG group andExtensions are assigned to IRG group The extensions are programmed as members ring

simultaneously (32 extension) Refer program 22-04-01 and 22-05-01

Type=1Voice response system When trunk is programmed as VRS system gives special dial tone and ifDSPDB card is installed gives welcome message and caller can dial extension number

Type=2DISA When trunk is programmed as DISA the caller will get prompt to dial password Afterdialing password caller can dial either dial extension number or can access system trunk to dialoutside number or can barge in to extension depending upon DISA class for that particular

password

Type =3Direct inward dialing This type is used for PRI line in which exchange sends digits on DID linewhich are transferred to required extension

Type =4Direct Inward line In this type trunk line rings to DIL target extension (actual extension pilotnumber hunt group) then rings to DIL no answer destination ie IRG group or DSPDB voicemailThe DIL no answer will work only if DIL no answer recall time is setRefer to program 22-07-01 22-08-01 and 22-01-04If DIL no answer recall time is not set call will ring to DIL target extension only

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983088 983166

Normal or Simultaneous ringing

To define normal ringing or simultaneous ringing to extensions do the programming asfollowsAssign type of ringing as normal ringing use command 22-02-01 data 0 for all modes

By default all lines are normal ringing ie data 0 in all eight modes

For Incoming ring setup to extensions use command 22-05-01 and 22-04-01

Command 22-05-01 is used to assign IRG group to trunk lines in all 8 modes

If line ringing is required to different extensions in Day amp Night mode ie mode 1 amp 2assign different IRG group

Example system is having four lines Trunk 1 ringing at Extn 200 in day mode amp 207 in night mode

Trunk 2 ringing at Extn 205 in day amp night modeTrunk 3 ringing at Extn 200 in day amp night mode

Trunk 4 ringing at Extn 202 in day amp night mode

22-05-01Trunk 1 Mode1=1 Mode2=2

Trunk 2 Mode1=3 Mode2=3Trunk 3 Mode1=1 Mode2=1

Trunk 4 Mode1=4 Mode2=4

22-04-01

IRG no-1 Memb1=200IRG no-2 Memb1=207

IRG no-3 Memb1=205

IRG no-4 Memb1=202

For your requirement of landing analog trunk line on five differentextensions on priority order program use following commands

First form department group using commands-Prog department name 16-01-01

Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular

In priority type every time incoming ringing starts from first priority extension and incircular type call rings to next extensionHunting mode 16-01-04 0-Hunting stops at last extn

1=Hunting continues

Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 Timer for department huntingHunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy

2 -Hunting when no answer

3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer

Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group

Assign dept group to extn 16-02-01You can assign extn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1135

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983090 983166

Class of service

To enable and disable features in class of service use the command 20-07 to 20-13These are some features activation commands

Class Of Service

options

Manual nit SW - 1Non hold Trfr - 1Break in ndash 0 speech 1 monitorbreak in ndash 0Setting of signalvoice call - 0Forced Trunk Disconnect - 1Dial Block - 1Trunk Port Disable ndash 1Automatic Override

If STD ISD barred calls should notbe transferred to the Oper

20-07-01=120-11-07=120-13-10=020-13-15=020-09-05=020-07-11=120-08-08=120-07-12=120-13-06=1

20-13-20= 0

To change class of service of Extn command 20-06-01 is used20-06-01 Extn No-Mode1=1 Mode2=1helliphellip Mode8=1

User feature codes

By default 7 and 8 series numbers are used for system service code and on requirement they canbe change by using numbering commands 11-10 to 11-16Example shows some feature codes changed

Service Code

Set

Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)Item 13 Last Number Redial-42(816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)Item 34 Hook Flash(slt) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)

11-11-07 = 45

11-12-12 = 42

11-12-02 = 46

11-12-27 = 4011-12-10 = 47

11-12-14 = 6

11-12-42 = 41

11-12-33 = 48

11-12-34 = 49

11-11-01 = 44

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166

Abbreviated Dialing

Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal

often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the

Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing

Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long

When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing

To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)

1 Press a SPK key

2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)

Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming

4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH

5 Press HOLD

6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits

long

7 Press HOLD

8 Press SPK to hang up

To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number

1 At system phone press a SPK key

ORAt single line set lift handset

2 Dial 813

ORPress DC key

OR

Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)

3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166

Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27

To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key

OR

At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814

OR

Press DC keyOR

Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)

3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code

The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call

To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code

and function code 28

To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)

1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it

ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key

ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166

Barge in

Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the

intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user

can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In

modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller

Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech

Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation

Commands for Barge in

20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)

20-13-15 Activate Barge in

20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit

Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension

The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone

1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key

Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)

Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810

ORPress Barge In key

3 Dial busy extension

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166

Conference

Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting

without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any

number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one

extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the

originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference

From System Phone (KTS phone)

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add

ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR

press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties

From Single Line telephone Set

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone

Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add

OR

Access trunk callOR

Press from Park key

4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference

To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties

System Phone

1 Hang up

If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold

Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside

callers may hear Music on Hold

By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166

Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call

Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are

Call Forwarding Immediate

Call Forwarding when Busy

Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered

Call Forwarding when Unanswered

Call Forwarding with Both Ringing

Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker

Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842

Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel

Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls

2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing

Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker

In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number

15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions

20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)

20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)

20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166

External call forward

20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise

14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups

14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward

having different trunk groups in four priorities

21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different

modes

Remote conference

In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference

Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference

20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166

Dial Block

The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator

Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial

block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered

Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking

Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension

20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166

Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable

12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system

20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode

15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2

Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on

Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable

12-02-01 Prepare time pattern

Night mode service group number 1

Time pattern no 1

Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2

Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1

Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2

Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode

12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01

12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year

Key Programming for KTS instrument

The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press

key no function code + add data

Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5

helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00

Then program keys

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8

Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166

Automatic Route selection (ARS)

Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03

There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities

Programming for Basic ARS

This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone

26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)

Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables

ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS

14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups

14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned

21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service

26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer

26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166

44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities

Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4

Example

The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5

Required Programming

Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0

Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4

Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2

Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5

F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4

Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166

Account Code

Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or

anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it

Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they

place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an

incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not

block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls

Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account

Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example

the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239

To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial

2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key

3 Dial

To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force

account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key

4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call

Programming for Account code

35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified

35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will

show lsquorsquo )

35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166

Programming for PRI line

Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on

22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3

22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8

To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits

22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)

22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code

22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy

22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2

nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy

1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group

400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number

000 to 999)

20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =

Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If

22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)

22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area

If 1

st

and 2

nd

transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01

22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default

conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)

Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time

22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2

nd and 3

rd transfer destination

22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer

13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing

Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)

22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)

Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise

21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)

21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)

If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is

considered

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166

PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive

4 5 = Transmit

Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th

slot

Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215

If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200

10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1

22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type

22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip

22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip

If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn

200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1

22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect

Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer

3= Busy or No answer

22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination

22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200

By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using

command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01

And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no

Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command

Programming for changing Ring back tone

80-01-01

Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0

Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32

Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 5: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983093 983166

Numbering

For deciding any extension numbers virtual extension numbers pilot numbers of huntgroup trunk access codes the starting digit is to be defined for how many digit numbersand type of code ie extension number service code trunk access code special trunk

access code operator access code and F-route access

In program 11-01-01 Define first digit total number of digitsType

Type 1=Access code 2=Extension numbers 3=Trunk access code 4=Special access

code 5=Operator access code 6=F-route access

ExampleExtension numbers are starting from 20 to 35

Service code in two digits starting from 40 to 49Operator access code=9

Trunk access code=011-01-01 Dial 2 Digit 2 Type 2

Dial 3 Digit 2 Type 2

Dial 4 Digit 2 Type 1

Dial 9 Digit 1 Type 5

Dial 0 Digit 1 Type 3

Following programs are used to program extension number service codesTo program extension numbers

11-02-01port noExtension numberTo program virtual extension numbers

11-04-01port no Virtual extension number

To program department group pilot numbers 11-07-01Tel GrExtension Grp no11-09-01 to program trunk access code default code is 9

11-09-02 to program special trunk access code 11-10 11-11 11-16 to change different service codes to required digits

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983094 983166

Department Group (Hunt Groups)

In Topaz system total 32 groups can be formed as department groups in program16-02-01 and department hunting sequence is decided in program 16-01 The departmentgroups are used with Direct Inward Line when ringing on multiple extensions are

required in sequence The hunting will take place only when pilot number is called and

when individual extension is called hunting will not happen In some programs instead of

pilot numbers data is mentioned ie 201 to 232 for department groups for example 22-11-

05 and 22-11-06

First form department group using commands-

Prog department name 16-01-01Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular

When option islsquo0rsquo that means when pilot number is called ringing will start with firstpriority extension and when option is lsquo1rsquo ringing will starts from next extension

Hunting mode 16-01-04

0-Hunting stops at last extension 1=Hunting continues

Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 To program timing for department hunting no

answer between department members

Hunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy2 -Hunting when no answer

3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer

Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group

Assign Department group to extn 16-02-01

In this program for every extension Department group is programmed You can assignextn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983095 983166

Toll restriction class

To prepare toll restriction class do the programming as follows

TollRestriction

Class

Class 1 ISD STD LOCAL

Class 2 STD LOCALClass 3 LOCAL

Class 4 NO DIALING

Class 5 Only Maharashtra

Class 6 Only Abbreviated

dialing

21-05 ndash 01 to 13Class 1 Item 01 to 13 all 0

Class 2 Item 08=1 rest all =0Class 3 Item 08=2 rest all =0

Class 4 Item 04- 1 rest all 0

Class5 Item 08=2

Item 07=1

Rest all 0

Class 6 Item 08=3

Toll

Restriction

Tables

This tables are having entries of

numbers

21-06-

Item 07 ndash Restriction Table

Table 1 Entry 1 - 00

Table 2 Entry 1 - 0

Table 3 Entry 1=( can be entered by pressing

Programming key 1 )

Item 03 Entry 1= 4 (max4 digits

dial)

Item06 Entry 1=020

Entry 2=021

Entry 3=022Entry 4=023

Entry 5=024

Entry 6=025

Entry 7=07

To assign toll restriction class to extension use command 21-04-01

Example To program ISD facility to extn 200 STD to 201 local to 20221-04-01 Extn 200 Mode1=1 Mode2=1hellip ISD

Extn 201 Mode1=2 Mode2=2hellip STD

Extn 202 Mode1=3 Mode2=3 LOCAL

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983096 983166

To form line Group for Outgoing dialing

14-07-01Line enabling and disabling can be done using commands 14-07 and 15-06 To disable

trunk line enter data lsquo0rsquo in trunk MAP in 14-07-01To form Trunk groups that is to assigned to extension with different combination of

Trunks MAP means different group of Trunk line which is to be given for outgoing

dialingFor Example there are six analog lines in the system 1 and 2 are having only incomingfacility and line5 is having ISD facility and not to be given except operator Prog will be

as follows

In 14-07-01

MAP 1 Trunk 1=7 Trunk 2=7 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=7 Trunk 6=7

MAP 2 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=7MAP 3 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=5 Trunk 4=5 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=5

Data 0= Line disable means no access for incoming or outgoing

Data 3=Access when trunk on hold

Data 4=Outgoing access and when trunk is on hold

Data 5=Incoming access and when trunk is on hold

Data 6=Only incoming and outgoing access

Data 7= Incoming access outgoing access and when trunk is on hold

The incoming access means can pickup incoming calls by pressing flashing key on KTSor by call pickup code The ringing depends on commands 22-04 and 22-05

15-06-01According to requirement form groups of trunk lines in 14-07-01 and assign that group

15-06-01 to extension In eight different groupsExtn 200(operator) Mode 1=1 Mode 2=1hellip Mode8 =1 All lines dialing

Extn 201helliphelliphellip Mode 1= 2 Mode 2=2hellip Mode8=2 Dialing of line 34 amp 6

Extn 207 Mode 1= 3 Mode 2=3Mode8=3 No outgoing access of lines

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983097 983166

Ringing type of Trunk lines

There are different types of Ring typeType= 0Normal ringing In this type of ringing trunk lines are programmed in IRG group andExtensions are assigned to IRG group The extensions are programmed as members ring

simultaneously (32 extension) Refer program 22-04-01 and 22-05-01

Type=1Voice response system When trunk is programmed as VRS system gives special dial tone and ifDSPDB card is installed gives welcome message and caller can dial extension number

Type=2DISA When trunk is programmed as DISA the caller will get prompt to dial password Afterdialing password caller can dial either dial extension number or can access system trunk to dialoutside number or can barge in to extension depending upon DISA class for that particular

password

Type =3Direct inward dialing This type is used for PRI line in which exchange sends digits on DID linewhich are transferred to required extension

Type =4Direct Inward line In this type trunk line rings to DIL target extension (actual extension pilotnumber hunt group) then rings to DIL no answer destination ie IRG group or DSPDB voicemailThe DIL no answer will work only if DIL no answer recall time is setRefer to program 22-07-01 22-08-01 and 22-01-04If DIL no answer recall time is not set call will ring to DIL target extension only

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983088 983166

Normal or Simultaneous ringing

To define normal ringing or simultaneous ringing to extensions do the programming asfollowsAssign type of ringing as normal ringing use command 22-02-01 data 0 for all modes

By default all lines are normal ringing ie data 0 in all eight modes

For Incoming ring setup to extensions use command 22-05-01 and 22-04-01

Command 22-05-01 is used to assign IRG group to trunk lines in all 8 modes

If line ringing is required to different extensions in Day amp Night mode ie mode 1 amp 2assign different IRG group

Example system is having four lines Trunk 1 ringing at Extn 200 in day mode amp 207 in night mode

Trunk 2 ringing at Extn 205 in day amp night modeTrunk 3 ringing at Extn 200 in day amp night mode

Trunk 4 ringing at Extn 202 in day amp night mode

22-05-01Trunk 1 Mode1=1 Mode2=2

Trunk 2 Mode1=3 Mode2=3Trunk 3 Mode1=1 Mode2=1

Trunk 4 Mode1=4 Mode2=4

22-04-01

IRG no-1 Memb1=200IRG no-2 Memb1=207

IRG no-3 Memb1=205

IRG no-4 Memb1=202

For your requirement of landing analog trunk line on five differentextensions on priority order program use following commands

First form department group using commands-Prog department name 16-01-01

Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular

In priority type every time incoming ringing starts from first priority extension and incircular type call rings to next extensionHunting mode 16-01-04 0-Hunting stops at last extn

1=Hunting continues

Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 Timer for department huntingHunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy

2 -Hunting when no answer

3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer

Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group

Assign dept group to extn 16-02-01You can assign extn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1135

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983090 983166

Class of service

To enable and disable features in class of service use the command 20-07 to 20-13These are some features activation commands

Class Of Service

options

Manual nit SW - 1Non hold Trfr - 1Break in ndash 0 speech 1 monitorbreak in ndash 0Setting of signalvoice call - 0Forced Trunk Disconnect - 1Dial Block - 1Trunk Port Disable ndash 1Automatic Override

If STD ISD barred calls should notbe transferred to the Oper

20-07-01=120-11-07=120-13-10=020-13-15=020-09-05=020-07-11=120-08-08=120-07-12=120-13-06=1

20-13-20= 0

To change class of service of Extn command 20-06-01 is used20-06-01 Extn No-Mode1=1 Mode2=1helliphellip Mode8=1

User feature codes

By default 7 and 8 series numbers are used for system service code and on requirement they canbe change by using numbering commands 11-10 to 11-16Example shows some feature codes changed

Service Code

Set

Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)Item 13 Last Number Redial-42(816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)Item 34 Hook Flash(slt) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)

11-11-07 = 45

11-12-12 = 42

11-12-02 = 46

11-12-27 = 4011-12-10 = 47

11-12-14 = 6

11-12-42 = 41

11-12-33 = 48

11-12-34 = 49

11-11-01 = 44

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166

Abbreviated Dialing

Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal

often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the

Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing

Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long

When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing

To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)

1 Press a SPK key

2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)

Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming

4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH

5 Press HOLD

6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits

long

7 Press HOLD

8 Press SPK to hang up

To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number

1 At system phone press a SPK key

ORAt single line set lift handset

2 Dial 813

ORPress DC key

OR

Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)

3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166

Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27

To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key

OR

At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814

OR

Press DC keyOR

Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)

3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code

The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call

To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code

and function code 28

To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)

1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it

ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key

ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166

Barge in

Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the

intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user

can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In

modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller

Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech

Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation

Commands for Barge in

20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)

20-13-15 Activate Barge in

20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit

Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension

The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone

1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key

Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)

Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810

ORPress Barge In key

3 Dial busy extension

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166

Conference

Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting

without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any

number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one

extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the

originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference

From System Phone (KTS phone)

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add

ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR

press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties

From Single Line telephone Set

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone

Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add

OR

Access trunk callOR

Press from Park key

4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference

To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties

System Phone

1 Hang up

If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold

Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside

callers may hear Music on Hold

By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166

Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call

Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are

Call Forwarding Immediate

Call Forwarding when Busy

Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered

Call Forwarding when Unanswered

Call Forwarding with Both Ringing

Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker

Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842

Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel

Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls

2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing

Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker

In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number

15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions

20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)

20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)

20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166

External call forward

20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise

14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups

14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward

having different trunk groups in four priorities

21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different

modes

Remote conference

In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference

Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference

20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166

Dial Block

The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator

Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial

block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered

Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking

Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension

20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166

Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable

12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system

20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode

15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2

Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on

Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable

12-02-01 Prepare time pattern

Night mode service group number 1

Time pattern no 1

Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2

Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1

Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2

Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode

12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01

12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year

Key Programming for KTS instrument

The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press

key no function code + add data

Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5

helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00

Then program keys

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8

Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166

Automatic Route selection (ARS)

Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03

There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities

Programming for Basic ARS

This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone

26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)

Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables

ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS

14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups

14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned

21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service

26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer

26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166

44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities

Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4

Example

The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5

Required Programming

Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0

Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4

Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2

Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5

F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4

Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166

Account Code

Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or

anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it

Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they

place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an

incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not

block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls

Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account

Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example

the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239

To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial

2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key

3 Dial

To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force

account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key

4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call

Programming for Account code

35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified

35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will

show lsquorsquo )

35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166

Programming for PRI line

Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on

22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3

22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8

To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits

22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)

22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code

22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy

22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2

nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy

1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group

400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number

000 to 999)

20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =

Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If

22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)

22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area

If 1

st

and 2

nd

transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01

22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default

conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)

Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time

22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2

nd and 3

rd transfer destination

22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer

13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing

Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)

22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)

Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise

21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)

21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)

If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is

considered

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166

PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive

4 5 = Transmit

Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th

slot

Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215

If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200

10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1

22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type

22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip

22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip

If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn

200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1

22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect

Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer

3= Busy or No answer

22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination

22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200

By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using

command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01

And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no

Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command

Programming for changing Ring back tone

80-01-01

Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0

Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32

Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 6: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983094 983166

Department Group (Hunt Groups)

In Topaz system total 32 groups can be formed as department groups in program16-02-01 and department hunting sequence is decided in program 16-01 The departmentgroups are used with Direct Inward Line when ringing on multiple extensions are

required in sequence The hunting will take place only when pilot number is called and

when individual extension is called hunting will not happen In some programs instead of

pilot numbers data is mentioned ie 201 to 232 for department groups for example 22-11-

05 and 22-11-06

First form department group using commands-

Prog department name 16-01-01Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular

When option islsquo0rsquo that means when pilot number is called ringing will start with firstpriority extension and when option is lsquo1rsquo ringing will starts from next extension

Hunting mode 16-01-04

0-Hunting stops at last extension 1=Hunting continues

Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 To program timing for department hunting no

answer between department members

Hunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy2 -Hunting when no answer

3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer

Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group

Assign Department group to extn 16-02-01

In this program for every extension Department group is programmed You can assignextn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983095 983166

Toll restriction class

To prepare toll restriction class do the programming as follows

TollRestriction

Class

Class 1 ISD STD LOCAL

Class 2 STD LOCALClass 3 LOCAL

Class 4 NO DIALING

Class 5 Only Maharashtra

Class 6 Only Abbreviated

dialing

21-05 ndash 01 to 13Class 1 Item 01 to 13 all 0

Class 2 Item 08=1 rest all =0Class 3 Item 08=2 rest all =0

Class 4 Item 04- 1 rest all 0

Class5 Item 08=2

Item 07=1

Rest all 0

Class 6 Item 08=3

Toll

Restriction

Tables

This tables are having entries of

numbers

21-06-

Item 07 ndash Restriction Table

Table 1 Entry 1 - 00

Table 2 Entry 1 - 0

Table 3 Entry 1=( can be entered by pressing

Programming key 1 )

Item 03 Entry 1= 4 (max4 digits

dial)

Item06 Entry 1=020

Entry 2=021

Entry 3=022Entry 4=023

Entry 5=024

Entry 6=025

Entry 7=07

To assign toll restriction class to extension use command 21-04-01

Example To program ISD facility to extn 200 STD to 201 local to 20221-04-01 Extn 200 Mode1=1 Mode2=1hellip ISD

Extn 201 Mode1=2 Mode2=2hellip STD

Extn 202 Mode1=3 Mode2=3 LOCAL

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983096 983166

To form line Group for Outgoing dialing

14-07-01Line enabling and disabling can be done using commands 14-07 and 15-06 To disable

trunk line enter data lsquo0rsquo in trunk MAP in 14-07-01To form Trunk groups that is to assigned to extension with different combination of

Trunks MAP means different group of Trunk line which is to be given for outgoing

dialingFor Example there are six analog lines in the system 1 and 2 are having only incomingfacility and line5 is having ISD facility and not to be given except operator Prog will be

as follows

In 14-07-01

MAP 1 Trunk 1=7 Trunk 2=7 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=7 Trunk 6=7

MAP 2 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=7MAP 3 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=5 Trunk 4=5 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=5

Data 0= Line disable means no access for incoming or outgoing

Data 3=Access when trunk on hold

Data 4=Outgoing access and when trunk is on hold

Data 5=Incoming access and when trunk is on hold

Data 6=Only incoming and outgoing access

Data 7= Incoming access outgoing access and when trunk is on hold

The incoming access means can pickup incoming calls by pressing flashing key on KTSor by call pickup code The ringing depends on commands 22-04 and 22-05

15-06-01According to requirement form groups of trunk lines in 14-07-01 and assign that group

15-06-01 to extension In eight different groupsExtn 200(operator) Mode 1=1 Mode 2=1hellip Mode8 =1 All lines dialing

Extn 201helliphelliphellip Mode 1= 2 Mode 2=2hellip Mode8=2 Dialing of line 34 amp 6

Extn 207 Mode 1= 3 Mode 2=3Mode8=3 No outgoing access of lines

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983097 983166

Ringing type of Trunk lines

There are different types of Ring typeType= 0Normal ringing In this type of ringing trunk lines are programmed in IRG group andExtensions are assigned to IRG group The extensions are programmed as members ring

simultaneously (32 extension) Refer program 22-04-01 and 22-05-01

Type=1Voice response system When trunk is programmed as VRS system gives special dial tone and ifDSPDB card is installed gives welcome message and caller can dial extension number

Type=2DISA When trunk is programmed as DISA the caller will get prompt to dial password Afterdialing password caller can dial either dial extension number or can access system trunk to dialoutside number or can barge in to extension depending upon DISA class for that particular

password

Type =3Direct inward dialing This type is used for PRI line in which exchange sends digits on DID linewhich are transferred to required extension

Type =4Direct Inward line In this type trunk line rings to DIL target extension (actual extension pilotnumber hunt group) then rings to DIL no answer destination ie IRG group or DSPDB voicemailThe DIL no answer will work only if DIL no answer recall time is setRefer to program 22-07-01 22-08-01 and 22-01-04If DIL no answer recall time is not set call will ring to DIL target extension only

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983088 983166

Normal or Simultaneous ringing

To define normal ringing or simultaneous ringing to extensions do the programming asfollowsAssign type of ringing as normal ringing use command 22-02-01 data 0 for all modes

By default all lines are normal ringing ie data 0 in all eight modes

For Incoming ring setup to extensions use command 22-05-01 and 22-04-01

Command 22-05-01 is used to assign IRG group to trunk lines in all 8 modes

If line ringing is required to different extensions in Day amp Night mode ie mode 1 amp 2assign different IRG group

Example system is having four lines Trunk 1 ringing at Extn 200 in day mode amp 207 in night mode

Trunk 2 ringing at Extn 205 in day amp night modeTrunk 3 ringing at Extn 200 in day amp night mode

Trunk 4 ringing at Extn 202 in day amp night mode

22-05-01Trunk 1 Mode1=1 Mode2=2

Trunk 2 Mode1=3 Mode2=3Trunk 3 Mode1=1 Mode2=1

Trunk 4 Mode1=4 Mode2=4

22-04-01

IRG no-1 Memb1=200IRG no-2 Memb1=207

IRG no-3 Memb1=205

IRG no-4 Memb1=202

For your requirement of landing analog trunk line on five differentextensions on priority order program use following commands

First form department group using commands-Prog department name 16-01-01

Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular

In priority type every time incoming ringing starts from first priority extension and incircular type call rings to next extensionHunting mode 16-01-04 0-Hunting stops at last extn

1=Hunting continues

Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 Timer for department huntingHunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy

2 -Hunting when no answer

3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer

Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group

Assign dept group to extn 16-02-01You can assign extn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1135

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983090 983166

Class of service

To enable and disable features in class of service use the command 20-07 to 20-13These are some features activation commands

Class Of Service

options

Manual nit SW - 1Non hold Trfr - 1Break in ndash 0 speech 1 monitorbreak in ndash 0Setting of signalvoice call - 0Forced Trunk Disconnect - 1Dial Block - 1Trunk Port Disable ndash 1Automatic Override

If STD ISD barred calls should notbe transferred to the Oper

20-07-01=120-11-07=120-13-10=020-13-15=020-09-05=020-07-11=120-08-08=120-07-12=120-13-06=1

20-13-20= 0

To change class of service of Extn command 20-06-01 is used20-06-01 Extn No-Mode1=1 Mode2=1helliphellip Mode8=1

User feature codes

By default 7 and 8 series numbers are used for system service code and on requirement they canbe change by using numbering commands 11-10 to 11-16Example shows some feature codes changed

Service Code

Set

Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)Item 13 Last Number Redial-42(816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)Item 34 Hook Flash(slt) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)

11-11-07 = 45

11-12-12 = 42

11-12-02 = 46

11-12-27 = 4011-12-10 = 47

11-12-14 = 6

11-12-42 = 41

11-12-33 = 48

11-12-34 = 49

11-11-01 = 44

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166

Abbreviated Dialing

Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal

often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the

Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing

Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long

When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing

To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)

1 Press a SPK key

2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)

Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming

4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH

5 Press HOLD

6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits

long

7 Press HOLD

8 Press SPK to hang up

To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number

1 At system phone press a SPK key

ORAt single line set lift handset

2 Dial 813

ORPress DC key

OR

Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)

3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166

Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27

To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key

OR

At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814

OR

Press DC keyOR

Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)

3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code

The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call

To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code

and function code 28

To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)

1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it

ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key

ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166

Barge in

Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the

intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user

can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In

modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller

Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech

Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation

Commands for Barge in

20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)

20-13-15 Activate Barge in

20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit

Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension

The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone

1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key

Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)

Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810

ORPress Barge In key

3 Dial busy extension

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166

Conference

Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting

without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any

number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one

extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the

originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference

From System Phone (KTS phone)

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add

ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR

press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties

From Single Line telephone Set

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone

Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add

OR

Access trunk callOR

Press from Park key

4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference

To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties

System Phone

1 Hang up

If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold

Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside

callers may hear Music on Hold

By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166

Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call

Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are

Call Forwarding Immediate

Call Forwarding when Busy

Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered

Call Forwarding when Unanswered

Call Forwarding with Both Ringing

Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker

Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842

Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel

Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls

2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing

Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker

In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number

15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions

20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)

20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)

20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166

External call forward

20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise

14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups

14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward

having different trunk groups in four priorities

21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different

modes

Remote conference

In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference

Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference

20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166

Dial Block

The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator

Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial

block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered

Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking

Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension

20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166

Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable

12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system

20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode

15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2

Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on

Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable

12-02-01 Prepare time pattern

Night mode service group number 1

Time pattern no 1

Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2

Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1

Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2

Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode

12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01

12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year

Key Programming for KTS instrument

The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press

key no function code + add data

Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5

helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00

Then program keys

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8

Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166

Automatic Route selection (ARS)

Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03

There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities

Programming for Basic ARS

This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone

26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)

Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables

ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS

14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups

14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned

21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service

26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer

26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166

44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities

Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4

Example

The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5

Required Programming

Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0

Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4

Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2

Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5

F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4

Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166

Account Code

Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or

anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it

Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they

place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an

incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not

block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls

Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account

Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example

the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239

To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial

2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key

3 Dial

To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force

account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key

4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call

Programming for Account code

35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified

35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will

show lsquorsquo )

35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166

Programming for PRI line

Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on

22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3

22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8

To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits

22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)

22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code

22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy

22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2

nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy

1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group

400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number

000 to 999)

20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =

Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If

22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)

22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area

If 1

st

and 2

nd

transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01

22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default

conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)

Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time

22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2

nd and 3

rd transfer destination

22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer

13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing

Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)

22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)

Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise

21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)

21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)

If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is

considered

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166

PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive

4 5 = Transmit

Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th

slot

Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215

If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200

10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1

22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type

22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip

22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip

If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn

200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1

22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect

Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer

3= Busy or No answer

22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination

22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200

By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using

command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01

And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no

Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command

Programming for changing Ring back tone

80-01-01

Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0

Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32

Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 7: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983095 983166

Toll restriction class

To prepare toll restriction class do the programming as follows

TollRestriction

Class

Class 1 ISD STD LOCAL

Class 2 STD LOCALClass 3 LOCAL

Class 4 NO DIALING

Class 5 Only Maharashtra

Class 6 Only Abbreviated

dialing

21-05 ndash 01 to 13Class 1 Item 01 to 13 all 0

Class 2 Item 08=1 rest all =0Class 3 Item 08=2 rest all =0

Class 4 Item 04- 1 rest all 0

Class5 Item 08=2

Item 07=1

Rest all 0

Class 6 Item 08=3

Toll

Restriction

Tables

This tables are having entries of

numbers

21-06-

Item 07 ndash Restriction Table

Table 1 Entry 1 - 00

Table 2 Entry 1 - 0

Table 3 Entry 1=( can be entered by pressing

Programming key 1 )

Item 03 Entry 1= 4 (max4 digits

dial)

Item06 Entry 1=020

Entry 2=021

Entry 3=022Entry 4=023

Entry 5=024

Entry 6=025

Entry 7=07

To assign toll restriction class to extension use command 21-04-01

Example To program ISD facility to extn 200 STD to 201 local to 20221-04-01 Extn 200 Mode1=1 Mode2=1hellip ISD

Extn 201 Mode1=2 Mode2=2hellip STD

Extn 202 Mode1=3 Mode2=3 LOCAL

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983096 983166

To form line Group for Outgoing dialing

14-07-01Line enabling and disabling can be done using commands 14-07 and 15-06 To disable

trunk line enter data lsquo0rsquo in trunk MAP in 14-07-01To form Trunk groups that is to assigned to extension with different combination of

Trunks MAP means different group of Trunk line which is to be given for outgoing

dialingFor Example there are six analog lines in the system 1 and 2 are having only incomingfacility and line5 is having ISD facility and not to be given except operator Prog will be

as follows

In 14-07-01

MAP 1 Trunk 1=7 Trunk 2=7 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=7 Trunk 6=7

MAP 2 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=7MAP 3 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=5 Trunk 4=5 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=5

Data 0= Line disable means no access for incoming or outgoing

Data 3=Access when trunk on hold

Data 4=Outgoing access and when trunk is on hold

Data 5=Incoming access and when trunk is on hold

Data 6=Only incoming and outgoing access

Data 7= Incoming access outgoing access and when trunk is on hold

The incoming access means can pickup incoming calls by pressing flashing key on KTSor by call pickup code The ringing depends on commands 22-04 and 22-05

15-06-01According to requirement form groups of trunk lines in 14-07-01 and assign that group

15-06-01 to extension In eight different groupsExtn 200(operator) Mode 1=1 Mode 2=1hellip Mode8 =1 All lines dialing

Extn 201helliphelliphellip Mode 1= 2 Mode 2=2hellip Mode8=2 Dialing of line 34 amp 6

Extn 207 Mode 1= 3 Mode 2=3Mode8=3 No outgoing access of lines

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983097 983166

Ringing type of Trunk lines

There are different types of Ring typeType= 0Normal ringing In this type of ringing trunk lines are programmed in IRG group andExtensions are assigned to IRG group The extensions are programmed as members ring

simultaneously (32 extension) Refer program 22-04-01 and 22-05-01

Type=1Voice response system When trunk is programmed as VRS system gives special dial tone and ifDSPDB card is installed gives welcome message and caller can dial extension number

Type=2DISA When trunk is programmed as DISA the caller will get prompt to dial password Afterdialing password caller can dial either dial extension number or can access system trunk to dialoutside number or can barge in to extension depending upon DISA class for that particular

password

Type =3Direct inward dialing This type is used for PRI line in which exchange sends digits on DID linewhich are transferred to required extension

Type =4Direct Inward line In this type trunk line rings to DIL target extension (actual extension pilotnumber hunt group) then rings to DIL no answer destination ie IRG group or DSPDB voicemailThe DIL no answer will work only if DIL no answer recall time is setRefer to program 22-07-01 22-08-01 and 22-01-04If DIL no answer recall time is not set call will ring to DIL target extension only

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983088 983166

Normal or Simultaneous ringing

To define normal ringing or simultaneous ringing to extensions do the programming asfollowsAssign type of ringing as normal ringing use command 22-02-01 data 0 for all modes

By default all lines are normal ringing ie data 0 in all eight modes

For Incoming ring setup to extensions use command 22-05-01 and 22-04-01

Command 22-05-01 is used to assign IRG group to trunk lines in all 8 modes

If line ringing is required to different extensions in Day amp Night mode ie mode 1 amp 2assign different IRG group

Example system is having four lines Trunk 1 ringing at Extn 200 in day mode amp 207 in night mode

Trunk 2 ringing at Extn 205 in day amp night modeTrunk 3 ringing at Extn 200 in day amp night mode

Trunk 4 ringing at Extn 202 in day amp night mode

22-05-01Trunk 1 Mode1=1 Mode2=2

Trunk 2 Mode1=3 Mode2=3Trunk 3 Mode1=1 Mode2=1

Trunk 4 Mode1=4 Mode2=4

22-04-01

IRG no-1 Memb1=200IRG no-2 Memb1=207

IRG no-3 Memb1=205

IRG no-4 Memb1=202

For your requirement of landing analog trunk line on five differentextensions on priority order program use following commands

First form department group using commands-Prog department name 16-01-01

Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular

In priority type every time incoming ringing starts from first priority extension and incircular type call rings to next extensionHunting mode 16-01-04 0-Hunting stops at last extn

1=Hunting continues

Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 Timer for department huntingHunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy

2 -Hunting when no answer

3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer

Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group

Assign dept group to extn 16-02-01You can assign extn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1135

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983090 983166

Class of service

To enable and disable features in class of service use the command 20-07 to 20-13These are some features activation commands

Class Of Service

options

Manual nit SW - 1Non hold Trfr - 1Break in ndash 0 speech 1 monitorbreak in ndash 0Setting of signalvoice call - 0Forced Trunk Disconnect - 1Dial Block - 1Trunk Port Disable ndash 1Automatic Override

If STD ISD barred calls should notbe transferred to the Oper

20-07-01=120-11-07=120-13-10=020-13-15=020-09-05=020-07-11=120-08-08=120-07-12=120-13-06=1

20-13-20= 0

To change class of service of Extn command 20-06-01 is used20-06-01 Extn No-Mode1=1 Mode2=1helliphellip Mode8=1

User feature codes

By default 7 and 8 series numbers are used for system service code and on requirement they canbe change by using numbering commands 11-10 to 11-16Example shows some feature codes changed

Service Code

Set

Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)Item 13 Last Number Redial-42(816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)Item 34 Hook Flash(slt) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)

11-11-07 = 45

11-12-12 = 42

11-12-02 = 46

11-12-27 = 4011-12-10 = 47

11-12-14 = 6

11-12-42 = 41

11-12-33 = 48

11-12-34 = 49

11-11-01 = 44

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166

Abbreviated Dialing

Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal

often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the

Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing

Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long

When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing

To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)

1 Press a SPK key

2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)

Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming

4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH

5 Press HOLD

6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits

long

7 Press HOLD

8 Press SPK to hang up

To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number

1 At system phone press a SPK key

ORAt single line set lift handset

2 Dial 813

ORPress DC key

OR

Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)

3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166

Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27

To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key

OR

At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814

OR

Press DC keyOR

Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)

3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code

The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call

To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code

and function code 28

To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)

1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it

ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key

ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166

Barge in

Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the

intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user

can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In

modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller

Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech

Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation

Commands for Barge in

20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)

20-13-15 Activate Barge in

20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit

Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension

The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone

1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key

Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)

Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810

ORPress Barge In key

3 Dial busy extension

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166

Conference

Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting

without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any

number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one

extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the

originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference

From System Phone (KTS phone)

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add

ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR

press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties

From Single Line telephone Set

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone

Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add

OR

Access trunk callOR

Press from Park key

4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference

To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties

System Phone

1 Hang up

If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold

Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside

callers may hear Music on Hold

By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166

Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call

Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are

Call Forwarding Immediate

Call Forwarding when Busy

Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered

Call Forwarding when Unanswered

Call Forwarding with Both Ringing

Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker

Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842

Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel

Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls

2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing

Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker

In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number

15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions

20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)

20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)

20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166

External call forward

20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise

14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups

14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward

having different trunk groups in four priorities

21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different

modes

Remote conference

In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference

Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference

20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166

Dial Block

The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator

Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial

block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered

Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking

Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension

20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166

Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable

12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system

20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode

15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2

Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on

Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable

12-02-01 Prepare time pattern

Night mode service group number 1

Time pattern no 1

Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2

Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1

Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2

Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode

12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01

12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year

Key Programming for KTS instrument

The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press

key no function code + add data

Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5

helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00

Then program keys

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8

Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166

Automatic Route selection (ARS)

Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03

There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities

Programming for Basic ARS

This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone

26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)

Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables

ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS

14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups

14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned

21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service

26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer

26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166

44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities

Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4

Example

The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5

Required Programming

Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0

Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4

Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2

Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5

F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4

Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166

Account Code

Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or

anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it

Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they

place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an

incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not

block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls

Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account

Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example

the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239

To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial

2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key

3 Dial

To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force

account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key

4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call

Programming for Account code

35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified

35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will

show lsquorsquo )

35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166

Programming for PRI line

Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on

22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3

22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8

To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits

22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)

22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code

22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy

22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2

nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy

1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group

400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number

000 to 999)

20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =

Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If

22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)

22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area

If 1

st

and 2

nd

transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01

22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default

conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)

Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time

22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2

nd and 3

rd transfer destination

22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer

13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing

Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)

22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)

Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise

21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)

21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)

If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is

considered

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166

PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive

4 5 = Transmit

Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th

slot

Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215

If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200

10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1

22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type

22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip

22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip

If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn

200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1

22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect

Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer

3= Busy or No answer

22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination

22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200

By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using

command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01

And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no

Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command

Programming for changing Ring back tone

80-01-01

Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0

Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32

Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 8: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983096 983166

To form line Group for Outgoing dialing

14-07-01Line enabling and disabling can be done using commands 14-07 and 15-06 To disable

trunk line enter data lsquo0rsquo in trunk MAP in 14-07-01To form Trunk groups that is to assigned to extension with different combination of

Trunks MAP means different group of Trunk line which is to be given for outgoing

dialingFor Example there are six analog lines in the system 1 and 2 are having only incomingfacility and line5 is having ISD facility and not to be given except operator Prog will be

as follows

In 14-07-01

MAP 1 Trunk 1=7 Trunk 2=7 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=7 Trunk 6=7

MAP 2 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=7 Trunk 4=7 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=7MAP 3 Trunk 1=5 Trunk 2=5 Trunk 3=5 Trunk 4=5 Trunk 5=5 Trunk 6=5

Data 0= Line disable means no access for incoming or outgoing

Data 3=Access when trunk on hold

Data 4=Outgoing access and when trunk is on hold

Data 5=Incoming access and when trunk is on hold

Data 6=Only incoming and outgoing access

Data 7= Incoming access outgoing access and when trunk is on hold

The incoming access means can pickup incoming calls by pressing flashing key on KTSor by call pickup code The ringing depends on commands 22-04 and 22-05

15-06-01According to requirement form groups of trunk lines in 14-07-01 and assign that group

15-06-01 to extension In eight different groupsExtn 200(operator) Mode 1=1 Mode 2=1hellip Mode8 =1 All lines dialing

Extn 201helliphelliphellip Mode 1= 2 Mode 2=2hellip Mode8=2 Dialing of line 34 amp 6

Extn 207 Mode 1= 3 Mode 2=3Mode8=3 No outgoing access of lines

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983097 983166

Ringing type of Trunk lines

There are different types of Ring typeType= 0Normal ringing In this type of ringing trunk lines are programmed in IRG group andExtensions are assigned to IRG group The extensions are programmed as members ring

simultaneously (32 extension) Refer program 22-04-01 and 22-05-01

Type=1Voice response system When trunk is programmed as VRS system gives special dial tone and ifDSPDB card is installed gives welcome message and caller can dial extension number

Type=2DISA When trunk is programmed as DISA the caller will get prompt to dial password Afterdialing password caller can dial either dial extension number or can access system trunk to dialoutside number or can barge in to extension depending upon DISA class for that particular

password

Type =3Direct inward dialing This type is used for PRI line in which exchange sends digits on DID linewhich are transferred to required extension

Type =4Direct Inward line In this type trunk line rings to DIL target extension (actual extension pilotnumber hunt group) then rings to DIL no answer destination ie IRG group or DSPDB voicemailThe DIL no answer will work only if DIL no answer recall time is setRefer to program 22-07-01 22-08-01 and 22-01-04If DIL no answer recall time is not set call will ring to DIL target extension only

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983088 983166

Normal or Simultaneous ringing

To define normal ringing or simultaneous ringing to extensions do the programming asfollowsAssign type of ringing as normal ringing use command 22-02-01 data 0 for all modes

By default all lines are normal ringing ie data 0 in all eight modes

For Incoming ring setup to extensions use command 22-05-01 and 22-04-01

Command 22-05-01 is used to assign IRG group to trunk lines in all 8 modes

If line ringing is required to different extensions in Day amp Night mode ie mode 1 amp 2assign different IRG group

Example system is having four lines Trunk 1 ringing at Extn 200 in day mode amp 207 in night mode

Trunk 2 ringing at Extn 205 in day amp night modeTrunk 3 ringing at Extn 200 in day amp night mode

Trunk 4 ringing at Extn 202 in day amp night mode

22-05-01Trunk 1 Mode1=1 Mode2=2

Trunk 2 Mode1=3 Mode2=3Trunk 3 Mode1=1 Mode2=1

Trunk 4 Mode1=4 Mode2=4

22-04-01

IRG no-1 Memb1=200IRG no-2 Memb1=207

IRG no-3 Memb1=205

IRG no-4 Memb1=202

For your requirement of landing analog trunk line on five differentextensions on priority order program use following commands

First form department group using commands-Prog department name 16-01-01

Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular

In priority type every time incoming ringing starts from first priority extension and incircular type call rings to next extensionHunting mode 16-01-04 0-Hunting stops at last extn

1=Hunting continues

Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 Timer for department huntingHunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy

2 -Hunting when no answer

3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer

Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group

Assign dept group to extn 16-02-01You can assign extn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1135

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983090 983166

Class of service

To enable and disable features in class of service use the command 20-07 to 20-13These are some features activation commands

Class Of Service

options

Manual nit SW - 1Non hold Trfr - 1Break in ndash 0 speech 1 monitorbreak in ndash 0Setting of signalvoice call - 0Forced Trunk Disconnect - 1Dial Block - 1Trunk Port Disable ndash 1Automatic Override

If STD ISD barred calls should notbe transferred to the Oper

20-07-01=120-11-07=120-13-10=020-13-15=020-09-05=020-07-11=120-08-08=120-07-12=120-13-06=1

20-13-20= 0

To change class of service of Extn command 20-06-01 is used20-06-01 Extn No-Mode1=1 Mode2=1helliphellip Mode8=1

User feature codes

By default 7 and 8 series numbers are used for system service code and on requirement they canbe change by using numbering commands 11-10 to 11-16Example shows some feature codes changed

Service Code

Set

Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)Item 13 Last Number Redial-42(816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)Item 34 Hook Flash(slt) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)

11-11-07 = 45

11-12-12 = 42

11-12-02 = 46

11-12-27 = 4011-12-10 = 47

11-12-14 = 6

11-12-42 = 41

11-12-33 = 48

11-12-34 = 49

11-11-01 = 44

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166

Abbreviated Dialing

Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal

often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the

Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing

Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long

When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing

To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)

1 Press a SPK key

2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)

Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming

4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH

5 Press HOLD

6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits

long

7 Press HOLD

8 Press SPK to hang up

To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number

1 At system phone press a SPK key

ORAt single line set lift handset

2 Dial 813

ORPress DC key

OR

Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)

3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166

Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27

To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key

OR

At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814

OR

Press DC keyOR

Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)

3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code

The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call

To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code

and function code 28

To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)

1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it

ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key

ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166

Barge in

Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the

intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user

can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In

modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller

Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech

Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation

Commands for Barge in

20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)

20-13-15 Activate Barge in

20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit

Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension

The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone

1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key

Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)

Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810

ORPress Barge In key

3 Dial busy extension

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166

Conference

Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting

without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any

number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one

extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the

originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference

From System Phone (KTS phone)

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add

ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR

press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties

From Single Line telephone Set

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone

Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add

OR

Access trunk callOR

Press from Park key

4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference

To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties

System Phone

1 Hang up

If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold

Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside

callers may hear Music on Hold

By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166

Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call

Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are

Call Forwarding Immediate

Call Forwarding when Busy

Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered

Call Forwarding when Unanswered

Call Forwarding with Both Ringing

Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker

Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842

Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel

Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls

2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing

Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker

In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number

15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions

20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)

20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)

20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166

External call forward

20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise

14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups

14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward

having different trunk groups in four priorities

21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different

modes

Remote conference

In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference

Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference

20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166

Dial Block

The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator

Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial

block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered

Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking

Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension

20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166

Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable

12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system

20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode

15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2

Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on

Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable

12-02-01 Prepare time pattern

Night mode service group number 1

Time pattern no 1

Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2

Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1

Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2

Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode

12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01

12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year

Key Programming for KTS instrument

The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press

key no function code + add data

Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5

helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00

Then program keys

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8

Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166

Automatic Route selection (ARS)

Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03

There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities

Programming for Basic ARS

This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone

26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)

Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables

ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS

14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups

14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned

21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service

26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer

26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166

44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities

Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4

Example

The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5

Required Programming

Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0

Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4

Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2

Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5

F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4

Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166

Account Code

Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or

anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it

Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they

place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an

incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not

block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls

Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account

Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example

the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239

To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial

2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key

3 Dial

To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force

account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key

4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call

Programming for Account code

35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified

35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will

show lsquorsquo )

35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166

Programming for PRI line

Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on

22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3

22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8

To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits

22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)

22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code

22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy

22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2

nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy

1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group

400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number

000 to 999)

20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =

Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If

22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)

22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area

If 1

st

and 2

nd

transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01

22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default

conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)

Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time

22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2

nd and 3

rd transfer destination

22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer

13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing

Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)

22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)

Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise

21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)

21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)

If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is

considered

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166

PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive

4 5 = Transmit

Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th

slot

Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215

If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200

10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1

22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type

22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip

22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip

If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn

200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1

22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect

Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer

3= Busy or No answer

22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination

22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200

By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using

command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01

And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no

Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command

Programming for changing Ring back tone

80-01-01

Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0

Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32

Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 9: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983097 983166

Ringing type of Trunk lines

There are different types of Ring typeType= 0Normal ringing In this type of ringing trunk lines are programmed in IRG group andExtensions are assigned to IRG group The extensions are programmed as members ring

simultaneously (32 extension) Refer program 22-04-01 and 22-05-01

Type=1Voice response system When trunk is programmed as VRS system gives special dial tone and ifDSPDB card is installed gives welcome message and caller can dial extension number

Type=2DISA When trunk is programmed as DISA the caller will get prompt to dial password Afterdialing password caller can dial either dial extension number or can access system trunk to dialoutside number or can barge in to extension depending upon DISA class for that particular

password

Type =3Direct inward dialing This type is used for PRI line in which exchange sends digits on DID linewhich are transferred to required extension

Type =4Direct Inward line In this type trunk line rings to DIL target extension (actual extension pilotnumber hunt group) then rings to DIL no answer destination ie IRG group or DSPDB voicemailThe DIL no answer will work only if DIL no answer recall time is setRefer to program 22-07-01 22-08-01 and 22-01-04If DIL no answer recall time is not set call will ring to DIL target extension only

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983088 983166

Normal or Simultaneous ringing

To define normal ringing or simultaneous ringing to extensions do the programming asfollowsAssign type of ringing as normal ringing use command 22-02-01 data 0 for all modes

By default all lines are normal ringing ie data 0 in all eight modes

For Incoming ring setup to extensions use command 22-05-01 and 22-04-01

Command 22-05-01 is used to assign IRG group to trunk lines in all 8 modes

If line ringing is required to different extensions in Day amp Night mode ie mode 1 amp 2assign different IRG group

Example system is having four lines Trunk 1 ringing at Extn 200 in day mode amp 207 in night mode

Trunk 2 ringing at Extn 205 in day amp night modeTrunk 3 ringing at Extn 200 in day amp night mode

Trunk 4 ringing at Extn 202 in day amp night mode

22-05-01Trunk 1 Mode1=1 Mode2=2

Trunk 2 Mode1=3 Mode2=3Trunk 3 Mode1=1 Mode2=1

Trunk 4 Mode1=4 Mode2=4

22-04-01

IRG no-1 Memb1=200IRG no-2 Memb1=207

IRG no-3 Memb1=205

IRG no-4 Memb1=202

For your requirement of landing analog trunk line on five differentextensions on priority order program use following commands

First form department group using commands-Prog department name 16-01-01

Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular

In priority type every time incoming ringing starts from first priority extension and incircular type call rings to next extensionHunting mode 16-01-04 0-Hunting stops at last extn

1=Hunting continues

Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 Timer for department huntingHunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy

2 -Hunting when no answer

3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer

Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group

Assign dept group to extn 16-02-01You can assign extn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1135

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983090 983166

Class of service

To enable and disable features in class of service use the command 20-07 to 20-13These are some features activation commands

Class Of Service

options

Manual nit SW - 1Non hold Trfr - 1Break in ndash 0 speech 1 monitorbreak in ndash 0Setting of signalvoice call - 0Forced Trunk Disconnect - 1Dial Block - 1Trunk Port Disable ndash 1Automatic Override

If STD ISD barred calls should notbe transferred to the Oper

20-07-01=120-11-07=120-13-10=020-13-15=020-09-05=020-07-11=120-08-08=120-07-12=120-13-06=1

20-13-20= 0

To change class of service of Extn command 20-06-01 is used20-06-01 Extn No-Mode1=1 Mode2=1helliphellip Mode8=1

User feature codes

By default 7 and 8 series numbers are used for system service code and on requirement they canbe change by using numbering commands 11-10 to 11-16Example shows some feature codes changed

Service Code

Set

Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)Item 13 Last Number Redial-42(816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)Item 34 Hook Flash(slt) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)

11-11-07 = 45

11-12-12 = 42

11-12-02 = 46

11-12-27 = 4011-12-10 = 47

11-12-14 = 6

11-12-42 = 41

11-12-33 = 48

11-12-34 = 49

11-11-01 = 44

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166

Abbreviated Dialing

Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal

often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the

Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing

Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long

When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing

To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)

1 Press a SPK key

2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)

Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming

4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH

5 Press HOLD

6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits

long

7 Press HOLD

8 Press SPK to hang up

To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number

1 At system phone press a SPK key

ORAt single line set lift handset

2 Dial 813

ORPress DC key

OR

Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)

3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166

Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27

To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key

OR

At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814

OR

Press DC keyOR

Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)

3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code

The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call

To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code

and function code 28

To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)

1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it

ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key

ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166

Barge in

Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the

intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user

can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In

modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller

Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech

Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation

Commands for Barge in

20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)

20-13-15 Activate Barge in

20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit

Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension

The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone

1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key

Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)

Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810

ORPress Barge In key

3 Dial busy extension

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166

Conference

Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting

without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any

number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one

extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the

originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference

From System Phone (KTS phone)

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add

ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR

press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties

From Single Line telephone Set

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone

Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add

OR

Access trunk callOR

Press from Park key

4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference

To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties

System Phone

1 Hang up

If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold

Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside

callers may hear Music on Hold

By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166

Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call

Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are

Call Forwarding Immediate

Call Forwarding when Busy

Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered

Call Forwarding when Unanswered

Call Forwarding with Both Ringing

Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker

Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842

Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel

Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls

2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing

Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker

In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number

15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions

20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)

20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)

20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166

External call forward

20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise

14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups

14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward

having different trunk groups in four priorities

21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different

modes

Remote conference

In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference

Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference

20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166

Dial Block

The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator

Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial

block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered

Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking

Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension

20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166

Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable

12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system

20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode

15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2

Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on

Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable

12-02-01 Prepare time pattern

Night mode service group number 1

Time pattern no 1

Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2

Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1

Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2

Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode

12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01

12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year

Key Programming for KTS instrument

The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press

key no function code + add data

Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5

helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00

Then program keys

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8

Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166

Automatic Route selection (ARS)

Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03

There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities

Programming for Basic ARS

This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone

26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)

Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables

ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS

14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups

14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned

21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service

26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer

26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166

44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities

Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4

Example

The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5

Required Programming

Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0

Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4

Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2

Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5

F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4

Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166

Account Code

Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or

anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it

Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they

place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an

incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not

block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls

Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account

Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example

the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239

To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial

2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key

3 Dial

To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force

account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key

4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call

Programming for Account code

35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified

35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will

show lsquorsquo )

35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166

Programming for PRI line

Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on

22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3

22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8

To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits

22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)

22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code

22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy

22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2

nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy

1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group

400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number

000 to 999)

20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =

Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If

22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)

22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area

If 1

st

and 2

nd

transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01

22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default

conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)

Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time

22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2

nd and 3

rd transfer destination

22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer

13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing

Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)

22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)

Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise

21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)

21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)

If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is

considered

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166

PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive

4 5 = Transmit

Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th

slot

Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215

If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200

10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1

22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type

22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip

22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip

If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn

200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1

22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect

Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer

3= Busy or No answer

22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination

22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200

By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using

command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01

And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no

Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command

Programming for changing Ring back tone

80-01-01

Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0

Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32

Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 10: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983088 983166

Normal or Simultaneous ringing

To define normal ringing or simultaneous ringing to extensions do the programming asfollowsAssign type of ringing as normal ringing use command 22-02-01 data 0 for all modes

By default all lines are normal ringing ie data 0 in all eight modes

For Incoming ring setup to extensions use command 22-05-01 and 22-04-01

Command 22-05-01 is used to assign IRG group to trunk lines in all 8 modes

If line ringing is required to different extensions in Day amp Night mode ie mode 1 amp 2assign different IRG group

Example system is having four lines Trunk 1 ringing at Extn 200 in day mode amp 207 in night mode

Trunk 2 ringing at Extn 205 in day amp night modeTrunk 3 ringing at Extn 200 in day amp night mode

Trunk 4 ringing at Extn 202 in day amp night mode

22-05-01Trunk 1 Mode1=1 Mode2=2

Trunk 2 Mode1=3 Mode2=3Trunk 3 Mode1=1 Mode2=1

Trunk 4 Mode1=4 Mode2=4

22-04-01

IRG no-1 Memb1=200IRG no-2 Memb1=207

IRG no-3 Memb1=205

IRG no-4 Memb1=202

For your requirement of landing analog trunk line on five differentextensions on priority order program use following commands

First form department group using commands-Prog department name 16-01-01

Dept calling cycle 16-01-02 0 ndash Priority 1- Circular

In priority type every time incoming ringing starts from first priority extension and incircular type call rings to next extensionHunting mode 16-01-04 0-Hunting stops at last extn

1=Hunting continues

Dept group no answer time 16-01-09 Timer for department huntingHunt type 16-01-10 1 - Hunting when busy

2 -Hunting when no answer

3 ndashHunting when busy or no answer

Dept pilot no 11-07-01 Assign pilot number to department group

Assign dept group to extn 16-02-01You can assign extn by priority required but one extn can be in one group only

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1135

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983090 983166

Class of service

To enable and disable features in class of service use the command 20-07 to 20-13These are some features activation commands

Class Of Service

options

Manual nit SW - 1Non hold Trfr - 1Break in ndash 0 speech 1 monitorbreak in ndash 0Setting of signalvoice call - 0Forced Trunk Disconnect - 1Dial Block - 1Trunk Port Disable ndash 1Automatic Override

If STD ISD barred calls should notbe transferred to the Oper

20-07-01=120-11-07=120-13-10=020-13-15=020-09-05=020-07-11=120-08-08=120-07-12=120-13-06=1

20-13-20= 0

To change class of service of Extn command 20-06-01 is used20-06-01 Extn No-Mode1=1 Mode2=1helliphellip Mode8=1

User feature codes

By default 7 and 8 series numbers are used for system service code and on requirement they canbe change by using numbering commands 11-10 to 11-16Example shows some feature codes changed

Service Code

Set

Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)Item 13 Last Number Redial-42(816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)Item 34 Hook Flash(slt) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)

11-11-07 = 45

11-12-12 = 42

11-12-02 = 46

11-12-27 = 4011-12-10 = 47

11-12-14 = 6

11-12-42 = 41

11-12-33 = 48

11-12-34 = 49

11-11-01 = 44

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166

Abbreviated Dialing

Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal

often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the

Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing

Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long

When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing

To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)

1 Press a SPK key

2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)

Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming

4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH

5 Press HOLD

6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits

long

7 Press HOLD

8 Press SPK to hang up

To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number

1 At system phone press a SPK key

ORAt single line set lift handset

2 Dial 813

ORPress DC key

OR

Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)

3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166

Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27

To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key

OR

At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814

OR

Press DC keyOR

Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)

3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code

The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call

To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code

and function code 28

To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)

1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it

ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key

ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166

Barge in

Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the

intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user

can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In

modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller

Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech

Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation

Commands for Barge in

20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)

20-13-15 Activate Barge in

20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit

Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension

The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone

1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key

Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)

Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810

ORPress Barge In key

3 Dial busy extension

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166

Conference

Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting

without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any

number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one

extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the

originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference

From System Phone (KTS phone)

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add

ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR

press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties

From Single Line telephone Set

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone

Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add

OR

Access trunk callOR

Press from Park key

4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference

To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties

System Phone

1 Hang up

If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold

Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside

callers may hear Music on Hold

By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166

Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call

Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are

Call Forwarding Immediate

Call Forwarding when Busy

Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered

Call Forwarding when Unanswered

Call Forwarding with Both Ringing

Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker

Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842

Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel

Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls

2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing

Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker

In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number

15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions

20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)

20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)

20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166

External call forward

20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise

14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups

14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward

having different trunk groups in four priorities

21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different

modes

Remote conference

In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference

Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference

20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166

Dial Block

The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator

Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial

block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered

Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking

Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension

20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166

Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable

12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system

20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode

15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2

Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on

Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable

12-02-01 Prepare time pattern

Night mode service group number 1

Time pattern no 1

Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2

Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1

Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2

Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode

12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01

12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year

Key Programming for KTS instrument

The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press

key no function code + add data

Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5

helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00

Then program keys

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8

Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166

Automatic Route selection (ARS)

Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03

There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities

Programming for Basic ARS

This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone

26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)

Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables

ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS

14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups

14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned

21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service

26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer

26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166

44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities

Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4

Example

The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5

Required Programming

Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0

Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4

Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2

Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5

F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4

Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166

Account Code

Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or

anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it

Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they

place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an

incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not

block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls

Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account

Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example

the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239

To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial

2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key

3 Dial

To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force

account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key

4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call

Programming for Account code

35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified

35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will

show lsquorsquo )

35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166

Programming for PRI line

Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on

22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3

22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8

To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits

22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)

22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code

22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy

22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2

nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy

1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group

400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number

000 to 999)

20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =

Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If

22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)

22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area

If 1

st

and 2

nd

transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01

22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default

conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)

Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time

22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2

nd and 3

rd transfer destination

22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer

13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing

Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)

22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)

Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise

21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)

21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)

If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is

considered

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166

PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive

4 5 = Transmit

Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th

slot

Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215

If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200

10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1

22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type

22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip

22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip

If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn

200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1

22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect

Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer

3= Busy or No answer

22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination

22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200

By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using

command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01

And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no

Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command

Programming for changing Ring back tone

80-01-01

Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0

Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32

Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 11: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1135

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983090 983166

Class of service

To enable and disable features in class of service use the command 20-07 to 20-13These are some features activation commands

Class Of Service

options

Manual nit SW - 1Non hold Trfr - 1Break in ndash 0 speech 1 monitorbreak in ndash 0Setting of signalvoice call - 0Forced Trunk Disconnect - 1Dial Block - 1Trunk Port Disable ndash 1Automatic Override

If STD ISD barred calls should notbe transferred to the Oper

20-07-01=120-11-07=120-13-10=020-13-15=020-09-05=020-07-11=120-08-08=120-07-12=120-13-06=1

20-13-20= 0

To change class of service of Extn command 20-06-01 is used20-06-01 Extn No-Mode1=1 Mode2=1helliphellip Mode8=1

User feature codes

By default 7 and 8 series numbers are used for system service code and on requirement they canbe change by using numbering commands 11-10 to 11-16Example shows some feature codes changed

Service Code

Set

Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)Item 13 Last Number Redial-42(816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)Item 34 Hook Flash(slt) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)

11-11-07 = 45

11-12-12 = 42

11-12-02 = 46

11-12-27 = 4011-12-10 = 47

11-12-14 = 6

11-12-42 = 41

11-12-33 = 48

11-12-34 = 49

11-11-01 = 44

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166

Abbreviated Dialing

Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal

often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the

Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing

Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long

When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing

To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)

1 Press a SPK key

2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)

Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming

4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH

5 Press HOLD

6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits

long

7 Press HOLD

8 Press SPK to hang up

To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number

1 At system phone press a SPK key

ORAt single line set lift handset

2 Dial 813

ORPress DC key

OR

Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)

3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166

Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27

To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key

OR

At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814

OR

Press DC keyOR

Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)

3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code

The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call

To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code

and function code 28

To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)

1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it

ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key

ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166

Barge in

Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the

intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user

can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In

modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller

Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech

Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation

Commands for Barge in

20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)

20-13-15 Activate Barge in

20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit

Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension

The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone

1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key

Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)

Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810

ORPress Barge In key

3 Dial busy extension

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166

Conference

Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting

without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any

number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one

extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the

originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference

From System Phone (KTS phone)

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add

ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR

press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties

From Single Line telephone Set

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone

Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add

OR

Access trunk callOR

Press from Park key

4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference

To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties

System Phone

1 Hang up

If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold

Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside

callers may hear Music on Hold

By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166

Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call

Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are

Call Forwarding Immediate

Call Forwarding when Busy

Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered

Call Forwarding when Unanswered

Call Forwarding with Both Ringing

Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker

Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842

Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel

Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls

2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing

Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker

In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number

15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions

20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)

20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)

20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166

External call forward

20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise

14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups

14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward

having different trunk groups in four priorities

21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different

modes

Remote conference

In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference

Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference

20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166

Dial Block

The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator

Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial

block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered

Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking

Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension

20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166

Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable

12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system

20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode

15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2

Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on

Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable

12-02-01 Prepare time pattern

Night mode service group number 1

Time pattern no 1

Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2

Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1

Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2

Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode

12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01

12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year

Key Programming for KTS instrument

The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press

key no function code + add data

Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5

helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00

Then program keys

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8

Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166

Automatic Route selection (ARS)

Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03

There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities

Programming for Basic ARS

This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone

26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)

Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables

ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS

14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups

14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned

21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service

26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer

26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166

44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities

Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4

Example

The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5

Required Programming

Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0

Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4

Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2

Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5

F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4

Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166

Account Code

Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or

anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it

Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they

place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an

incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not

block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls

Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account

Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example

the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239

To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial

2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key

3 Dial

To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force

account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key

4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call

Programming for Account code

35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified

35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will

show lsquorsquo )

35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166

Programming for PRI line

Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on

22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3

22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8

To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits

22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)

22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code

22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy

22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2

nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy

1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group

400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number

000 to 999)

20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =

Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If

22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)

22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area

If 1

st

and 2

nd

transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01

22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default

conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)

Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time

22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2

nd and 3

rd transfer destination

22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer

13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing

Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)

22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)

Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise

21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)

21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)

If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is

considered

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166

PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive

4 5 = Transmit

Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th

slot

Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215

If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200

10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1

22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type

22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip

22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip

If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn

200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1

22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect

Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer

3= Busy or No answer

22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination

22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200

By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using

command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01

And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no

Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command

Programming for changing Ring back tone

80-01-01

Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0

Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32

Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 12: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983090 983166

Class of service

To enable and disable features in class of service use the command 20-07 to 20-13These are some features activation commands

Class Of Service

options

Manual nit SW - 1Non hold Trfr - 1Break in ndash 0 speech 1 monitorbreak in ndash 0Setting of signalvoice call - 0Forced Trunk Disconnect - 1Dial Block - 1Trunk Port Disable ndash 1Automatic Override

If STD ISD barred calls should notbe transferred to the Oper

20-07-01=120-11-07=120-13-10=020-13-15=020-09-05=020-07-11=120-08-08=120-07-12=120-13-06=1

20-13-20= 0

To change class of service of Extn command 20-06-01 is used20-06-01 Extn No-Mode1=1 Mode2=1helliphellip Mode8=1

User feature codes

By default 7 and 8 series numbers are used for system service code and on requirement they canbe change by using numbering commands 11-10 to 11-16Example shows some feature codes changed

Service Code

Set

Item 9 Follow Me - 45 (846)Item 13 Last Number Redial-42(816)Item 14 Conference - 46 (826)Item 16 Call Pick Up - 40 (867)Item 23 Abb Dial - 47 (813)Item 28 Line group access ndash 6 (804)Item 34 Hook Flash(slt) - 41 (806)Item 57 Group Hold - 48 (832)Item 58 Group Hold - 49 (862)Item 85 Call Forward - 44 (848)

11-11-07 = 45

11-12-12 = 42

11-12-02 = 46

11-12-27 = 4011-12-10 = 47

11-12-14 = 6

11-12-42 = 41

11-12-33 = 48

11-12-34 = 49

11-11-01 = 44

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166

Abbreviated Dialing

Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal

often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the

Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing

Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long

When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing

To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)

1 Press a SPK key

2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)

Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming

4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH

5 Press HOLD

6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits

long

7 Press HOLD

8 Press SPK to hang up

To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number

1 At system phone press a SPK key

ORAt single line set lift handset

2 Dial 813

ORPress DC key

OR

Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)

3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166

Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27

To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key

OR

At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814

OR

Press DC keyOR

Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)

3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code

The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call

To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code

and function code 28

To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)

1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it

ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key

ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166

Barge in

Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the

intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user

can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In

modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller

Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech

Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation

Commands for Barge in

20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)

20-13-15 Activate Barge in

20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit

Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension

The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone

1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key

Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)

Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810

ORPress Barge In key

3 Dial busy extension

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166

Conference

Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting

without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any

number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one

extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the

originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference

From System Phone (KTS phone)

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add

ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR

press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties

From Single Line telephone Set

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone

Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add

OR

Access trunk callOR

Press from Park key

4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference

To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties

System Phone

1 Hang up

If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold

Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside

callers may hear Music on Hold

By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166

Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call

Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are

Call Forwarding Immediate

Call Forwarding when Busy

Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered

Call Forwarding when Unanswered

Call Forwarding with Both Ringing

Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker

Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842

Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel

Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls

2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing

Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker

In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number

15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions

20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)

20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)

20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166

External call forward

20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise

14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups

14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward

having different trunk groups in four priorities

21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different

modes

Remote conference

In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference

Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference

20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166

Dial Block

The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator

Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial

block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered

Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking

Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension

20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166

Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable

12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system

20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode

15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2

Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on

Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable

12-02-01 Prepare time pattern

Night mode service group number 1

Time pattern no 1

Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2

Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1

Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2

Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode

12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01

12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year

Key Programming for KTS instrument

The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press

key no function code + add data

Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5

helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00

Then program keys

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8

Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166

Automatic Route selection (ARS)

Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03

There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities

Programming for Basic ARS

This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone

26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)

Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables

ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS

14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups

14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned

21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service

26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer

26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166

44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities

Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4

Example

The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5

Required Programming

Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0

Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4

Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2

Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5

F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4

Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166

Account Code

Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or

anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it

Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they

place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an

incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not

block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls

Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account

Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example

the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239

To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial

2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key

3 Dial

To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force

account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key

4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call

Programming for Account code

35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified

35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will

show lsquorsquo )

35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166

Programming for PRI line

Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on

22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3

22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8

To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits

22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)

22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code

22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy

22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2

nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy

1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group

400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number

000 to 999)

20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =

Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If

22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)

22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area

If 1

st

and 2

nd

transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01

22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default

conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)

Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time

22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2

nd and 3

rd transfer destination

22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer

13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing

Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)

22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)

Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise

21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)

21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)

If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is

considered

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166

PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive

4 5 = Transmit

Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th

slot

Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215

If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200

10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1

22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type

22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip

22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip

If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn

200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1

22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect

Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer

3= Busy or No answer

22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination

22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200

By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using

command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01

And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no

Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command

Programming for changing Ring back tone

80-01-01

Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0

Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32

Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 13: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983091 983166

Abbreviated Dialing

Abbreviated Dialing gives an extension user quick access to frequently callednumbers This saves time for example when calling a client with whom they deal

often Instead of dialing a long telephone number the extension user just dials the

Abbreviated Dialing codeThere are three types of Abbreviated Dialing Common Group and Personal All co-workers can share the Common Abbreviated Dialing numbers All co-workerrsquos in thesame Abbreviated Dialing Group can share the Group Abbreviated Dialing numbersPersonal Abbreviated Dialing numbers are available only at a userrsquos own extensionTo set up Personal Abbreviated Dialing refer to the ldquoOne-Touch Callingrdquo featureThe system has 2000 Abbreviated Dialing bins that you can allocate betweenCommon and Group Abbreviated Dialing

Each Abbreviated Dialing bin can store a number up to 36 digits long

When placing an Abbreviated Dialing call the system normally routes the callthrough Trunk Group Routing or ARS (whichever is enabled) Or the user can pre-select a specific trunk for the call In addition the system can optionally forceCommon Abbreviated Dialing numbers to route over a specific Trunk Group Userpre-selection always overrides the system routing

To store an Abbreviated Dialing number (display phones only)

1 Press a SPK key

2 Dial 853 (for common) or 854 (for group)3 Dial common or group storage code (000 - 1999)

Initially there are 900 Common Abbreviated Dialing codes There are Group Abbreviated Dialingcodes only if youdefine them in programming

4 Dial telephone number you want to store (up to 36 digits)Valid entries are 0-9 and To enter a pause press MIC To store a Flash press FLASH

5 Press HOLD

6 Enter the name associated with the Abbreviated Dialing numberWhen entering the name in the procedures below refer to this chart Names can be up to 12 digits

long

7 Press HOLD

8 Press SPK to hang up

To dial a Common Abbreviated Dialing number

1 At system phone press a SPK key

ORAt single line set lift handset

2 Dial 813

ORPress DC key

OR

Press Common Abbreviated Dialing keyTo preselect press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC orAbbreviated Dialing key)

3 Dial Common Abbreviated Dialing codeThe stored number dials outUnless you preselect Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call The system mayoptionally select a specific

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166

Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27

To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key

OR

At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814

OR

Press DC keyOR

Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)

3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code

The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call

To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code

and function code 28

To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)

1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it

ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key

ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166

Barge in

Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the

intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user

can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In

modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller

Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech

Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation

Commands for Barge in

20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)

20-13-15 Activate Barge in

20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit

Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension

The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone

1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key

Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)

Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810

ORPress Barge In key

3 Dial busy extension

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166

Conference

Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting

without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any

number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one

extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the

originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference

From System Phone (KTS phone)

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add

ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR

press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties

From Single Line telephone Set

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone

Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add

OR

Access trunk callOR

Press from Park key

4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference

To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties

System Phone

1 Hang up

If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold

Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside

callers may hear Music on Hold

By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166

Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call

Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are

Call Forwarding Immediate

Call Forwarding when Busy

Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered

Call Forwarding when Unanswered

Call Forwarding with Both Ringing

Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker

Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842

Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel

Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls

2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing

Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker

In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number

15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions

20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)

20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)

20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166

External call forward

20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise

14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups

14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward

having different trunk groups in four priorities

21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different

modes

Remote conference

In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference

Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference

20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166

Dial Block

The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator

Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial

block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered

Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking

Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension

20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166

Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable

12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system

20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode

15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2

Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on

Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable

12-02-01 Prepare time pattern

Night mode service group number 1

Time pattern no 1

Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2

Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1

Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2

Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode

12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01

12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year

Key Programming for KTS instrument

The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press

key no function code + add data

Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5

helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00

Then program keys

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8

Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166

Automatic Route selection (ARS)

Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03

There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities

Programming for Basic ARS

This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone

26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)

Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables

ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS

14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups

14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned

21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service

26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer

26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166

44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities

Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4

Example

The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5

Required Programming

Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0

Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4

Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2

Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5

F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4

Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166

Account Code

Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or

anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it

Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they

place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an

incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not

block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls

Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account

Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example

the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239

To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial

2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key

3 Dial

To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force

account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key

4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call

Programming for Account code

35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified

35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will

show lsquorsquo )

35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166

Programming for PRI line

Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on

22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3

22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8

To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits

22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)

22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code

22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy

22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2

nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy

1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group

400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number

000 to 999)

20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =

Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If

22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)

22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area

If 1

st

and 2

nd

transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01

22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default

conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)

Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time

22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2

nd and 3

rd transfer destination

22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer

13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing

Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)

22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)

Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise

21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)

21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)

If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is

considered

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166

PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive

4 5 = Transmit

Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th

slot

Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215

If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200

10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1

22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type

22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip

22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip

If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn

200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1

22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect

Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer

3= Busy or No answer

22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination

22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200

By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using

command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01

And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no

Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command

Programming for changing Ring back tone

80-01-01

Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0

Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32

Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 14: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983092 983166

Trunk Group for the callTo program Common Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code andfunction code 27

To dial a Group Abbreviated Dialing number 1 At system phone press a SPK key

OR

At single line set lift handset2 Dial 814

OR

Press DC keyOR

Press Group Abbreviated Dialing keyTo pre-select press a line key in step 1 (instead of CALL) before pressing the DC or AbbreviatedDialing key)

3 Dial the Group Abbreviated Dialing code

The stored number dials outUnless you pre-select Trunk Group Routing selects the trunk for the call

To program Group Abbreviated Dialing key use program 15-07 or use service code

and function code 28

To check your stored Abbreviated Dialing numbers (display phone only)

1 Press CHECK2 For Common Abbreviated Dialing press DC keyDial the Abbreviated Dialing Code (eg common code 001)If the entire stored number is too long for your phonersquos display press to see the rest of it

ORFor Group Abbreviated Dialing press the Group Abbreviated Dialing key

ORFor Common Abbreviated Dialing key press the Common Abbreviated Dialing key3 Press CLEARTo display additional numbers repeat from step 1

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166

Barge in

Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the

intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user

can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In

modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller

Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech

Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation

Commands for Barge in

20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)

20-13-15 Activate Barge in

20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit

Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension

The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone

1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key

Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)

Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810

ORPress Barge In key

3 Dial busy extension

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166

Conference

Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting

without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any

number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one

extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the

originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference

From System Phone (KTS phone)

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add

ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR

press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties

From Single Line telephone Set

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone

Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add

OR

Access trunk callOR

Press from Park key

4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference

To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties

System Phone

1 Hang up

If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold

Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside

callers may hear Music on Hold

By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166

Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call

Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are

Call Forwarding Immediate

Call Forwarding when Busy

Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered

Call Forwarding when Unanswered

Call Forwarding with Both Ringing

Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker

Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842

Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel

Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls

2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing

Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker

In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number

15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions

20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)

20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)

20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166

External call forward

20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise

14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups

14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward

having different trunk groups in four priorities

21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different

modes

Remote conference

In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference

Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference

20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166

Dial Block

The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator

Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial

block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered

Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking

Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension

20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166

Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable

12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system

20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode

15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2

Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on

Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable

12-02-01 Prepare time pattern

Night mode service group number 1

Time pattern no 1

Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2

Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1

Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2

Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode

12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01

12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year

Key Programming for KTS instrument

The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press

key no function code + add data

Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5

helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00

Then program keys

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8

Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166

Automatic Route selection (ARS)

Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03

There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities

Programming for Basic ARS

This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone

26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)

Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables

ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS

14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups

14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned

21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service

26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer

26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166

44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities

Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4

Example

The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5

Required Programming

Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0

Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4

Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2

Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5

F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4

Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166

Account Code

Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or

anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it

Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they

place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an

incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not

block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls

Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account

Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example

the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239

To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial

2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key

3 Dial

To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force

account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key

4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call

Programming for Account code

35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified

35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will

show lsquorsquo )

35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166

Programming for PRI line

Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on

22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3

22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8

To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits

22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)

22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code

22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy

22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2

nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy

1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group

400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number

000 to 999)

20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =

Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If

22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)

22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area

If 1

st

and 2

nd

transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01

22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default

conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)

Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time

22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2

nd and 3

rd transfer destination

22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer

13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing

Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)

22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)

Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise

21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)

21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)

If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is

considered

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166

PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive

4 5 = Transmit

Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th

slot

Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215

If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200

10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1

22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type

22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip

22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip

If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn

200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1

22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect

Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer

3= Busy or No answer

22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination

22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200

By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using

command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01

And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no

Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command

Programming for changing Ring back tone

80-01-01

Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0

Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32

Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 15: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983093 983166

Barge in

Barge In permits an extension user to break into another extension userrsquos established callincluding Conference calls This sets up a Conference-type conversation between the

intruding extension and the parties on the initial call With Barge In an extension user

can get a message through to a busy extension worker right away There are two Barge In

modes Monitor Mode (Silent Monitor) and Speech Mode With Monitor Mode the caller

Barging In can listen to another userrsquos conversation but cannot participate With Speech

Mode the caller Barging In can listen and join another userrsquos conversation

Commands for Barge in

20-13-10 Barge in mode (Monitor or Speech)

20-13-15 Activate Barge in

20-13-16 Barge protect activatecancel20-13-17 Barge in with and without tone To Barge in press Spk-Dial required extension if busy dial 810 The service code can be changed to single digit or two digit

Procedure for Barge inTo Barge In after calling a busy extension

The call must be set up for about 10 seconds before you can Barge InListen for busyring or busy tone

1 Call busy extension2 Press Barge In key

Barge in key can be programmed using (PGM 15-07 or SC 851 34)

Same procedure for KTS and SLTTo Barge in without first calling the busy extension1 Press a SPK key2 Dial 810

ORPress Barge In key

3 Dial busy extension

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166

Conference

Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting

without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any

number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one

extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the

originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference

From System Phone (KTS phone)

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add

ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR

press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties

From Single Line telephone Set

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone

Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add

OR

Access trunk callOR

Press from Park key

4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference

To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties

System Phone

1 Hang up

If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold

Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside

callers may hear Music on Hold

By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166

Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call

Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are

Call Forwarding Immediate

Call Forwarding when Busy

Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered

Call Forwarding when Unanswered

Call Forwarding with Both Ringing

Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker

Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842

Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel

Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls

2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing

Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker

In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number

15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions

20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)

20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)

20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166

External call forward

20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise

14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups

14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward

having different trunk groups in four priorities

21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different

modes

Remote conference

In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference

Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference

20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166

Dial Block

The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator

Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial

block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered

Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking

Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension

20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166

Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable

12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system

20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode

15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2

Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on

Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable

12-02-01 Prepare time pattern

Night mode service group number 1

Time pattern no 1

Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2

Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1

Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2

Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode

12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01

12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year

Key Programming for KTS instrument

The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press

key no function code + add data

Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5

helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00

Then program keys

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8

Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166

Automatic Route selection (ARS)

Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03

There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities

Programming for Basic ARS

This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone

26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)

Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables

ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS

14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups

14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned

21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service

26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer

26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166

44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities

Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4

Example

The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5

Required Programming

Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0

Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4

Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2

Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5

F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4

Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166

Account Code

Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or

anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it

Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they

place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an

incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not

block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls

Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account

Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example

the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239

To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial

2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key

3 Dial

To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force

account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key

4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call

Programming for Account code

35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified

35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will

show lsquorsquo )

35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166

Programming for PRI line

Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on

22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3

22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8

To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits

22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)

22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code

22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy

22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2

nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy

1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group

400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number

000 to 999)

20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =

Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If

22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)

22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area

If 1

st

and 2

nd

transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01

22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default

conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)

Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time

22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2

nd and 3

rd transfer destination

22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer

13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing

Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)

22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)

Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise

21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)

21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)

If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is

considered

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166

PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive

4 5 = Transmit

Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th

slot

Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215

If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200

10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1

22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type

22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip

22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip

If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn

200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1

22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect

Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer

3= Busy or No answer

22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination

22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200

By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using

command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01

And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no

Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command

Programming for changing Ring back tone

80-01-01

Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0

Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32

Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 16: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983094 983166

Conference

Conference lets an extension user add additional inside and outside callers to theirconversation With Conference a user may set up a multiple-party telephone meeting

without leaving the office The 308M provides 32 Conference circuits to have any

number of internal or external parties conferenced up to 32 This means that one

extension can Conference up to 31 internal andor external parties together (the

originator would be the 32nd party reaching the maximum of 32)To establish a Conference

From System Phone (KTS phone)

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Press CONF or Conference key3 Dial extension you want to add

ORAccess outside call or press available trunk key and dial outside numberOR

press from Park key4 When called party answers press CONF or Conference key twice5 Repeat steps 2-4 to add more parties

From Single Line telephone Set

1 Establish Intercom or trunk call2 Single Line Telephone

Hook flash and dial 8263 Dial extension you want to add

OR

Access trunk callOR

Press from Park key

4 Single Line Telephone Hook flash and repeat step 3 to add more partiesORHook flash twice to set up the Conference

To exit a Conference without affecting the other parties

System Phone

1 Hang up

If you press Hold while on a call with two outside callers the outside callers hear Music on Hold

Single Line Set 1 Hang upIf you are not permitted to use Tandem Trunking (unsupervised conference) outside

callers may hear Music on Hold

By default conference is enabled in all class of service to remove conference facilityuse command 20-13-08=0 for particular class programmed to extn in 20-06-01

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166

Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call

Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are

Call Forwarding Immediate

Call Forwarding when Busy

Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered

Call Forwarding when Unanswered

Call Forwarding with Both Ringing

Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker

Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842

Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel

Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls

2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing

Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker

In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number

15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions

20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)

20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)

20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166

External call forward

20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise

14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups

14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward

having different trunk groups in four priorities

21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different

modes

Remote conference

In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference

Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference

20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166

Dial Block

The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator

Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial

block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered

Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking

Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension

20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166

Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable

12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system

20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode

15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2

Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on

Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable

12-02-01 Prepare time pattern

Night mode service group number 1

Time pattern no 1

Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2

Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1

Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2

Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode

12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01

12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year

Key Programming for KTS instrument

The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press

key no function code + add data

Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5

helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00

Then program keys

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8

Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166

Automatic Route selection (ARS)

Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03

There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities

Programming for Basic ARS

This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone

26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)

Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables

ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS

14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups

14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned

21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service

26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer

26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166

44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities

Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4

Example

The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5

Required Programming

Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0

Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4

Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2

Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5

F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4

Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166

Account Code

Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or

anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it

Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they

place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an

incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not

block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls

Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account

Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example

the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239

To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial

2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key

3 Dial

To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force

account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key

4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call

Programming for Account code

35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified

35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will

show lsquorsquo )

35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166

Programming for PRI line

Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on

22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3

22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8

To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits

22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)

22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code

22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy

22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2

nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy

1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group

400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number

000 to 999)

20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =

Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If

22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)

22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area

If 1

st

and 2

nd

transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01

22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default

conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)

Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time

22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2

nd and 3

rd transfer destination

22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer

13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing

Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)

22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)

Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise

21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)

21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)

If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is

considered

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166

PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive

4 5 = Transmit

Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th

slot

Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215

If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200

10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1

22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type

22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip

22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip

If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn

200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1

22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect

Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer

3= Busy or No answer

22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination

22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200

By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using

command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01

And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no

Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command

Programming for changing Ring back tone

80-01-01

Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0

Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32

Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 17: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983095 983166

Call ForwardCall Forwarding permits an extension user to redirect their calls to another extension Call

Forwarding ensures that the userrsquos calls are covered when they are away from their work areaThe types of Call Forwarding are

Call Forwarding Immediate

Call Forwarding when Busy

Call Forwarding when Busy or Not Answered

Call Forwarding when Unanswered

Call Forwarding with Both Ringing

Procedure for call forward is same for KTS and single line instrumentSpeaker-Call forward service code-Option code-Extension number-Speaker

Service codeCall forward immediate -848Call forward busy -843Call forward no answer -845Call forward busy and no answer -844Call forward dual ring -842

Option code 1=Set 0=Cancel

Call forward-select optionService code-888Call forward condition Call forward type0=cancel 2=Forward all calls

2=Busy no answer 3=Forward outside calls only3=Follow me 4=Forward internal calls only4=Immediate6=No answer7=Dual ringing

Procedure for call forward-select optionSpeaker888call forward conditionExtension nocall forward typeSpeaker

In KTS instrument key can programmed for call forward using command 15-07-01Procedure using Key is Press Call forward key-Option code-Extension number

15-07-01 Programming Function Keys20-06-01 Class of Service for Extensions

20-11-01 Class of service ndashCall forwarding immediate20-11-02 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Busy)

20-11-03 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (When Unanswered)

20-11-04 Class of Service Options - Call Forwarding (Both Ringing)24-02-03 System Options for Transfer - Delayed Call Forwarding Time

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166

External call forward

20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise

14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups

14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward

having different trunk groups in four priorities

21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different

modes

Remote conference

In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference

Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference

20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166

Dial Block

The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator

Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial

block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered

Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking

Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension

20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166

Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable

12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system

20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode

15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2

Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on

Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable

12-02-01 Prepare time pattern

Night mode service group number 1

Time pattern no 1

Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2

Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1

Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2

Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode

12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01

12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year

Key Programming for KTS instrument

The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press

key no function code + add data

Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5

helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00

Then program keys

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8

Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166

Automatic Route selection (ARS)

Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03

There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities

Programming for Basic ARS

This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone

26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)

Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables

ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS

14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups

14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned

21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service

26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer

26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166

44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities

Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4

Example

The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5

Required Programming

Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0

Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4

Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2

Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5

F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4

Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166

Account Code

Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or

anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it

Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they

place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an

incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not

block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls

Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account

Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example

the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239

To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial

2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key

3 Dial

To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force

account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key

4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call

Programming for Account code

35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified

35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will

show lsquorsquo )

35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166

Programming for PRI line

Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on

22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3

22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8

To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits

22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)

22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code

22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy

22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2

nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy

1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group

400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number

000 to 999)

20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =

Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If

22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)

22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area

If 1

st

and 2

nd

transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01

22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default

conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)

Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time

22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2

nd and 3

rd transfer destination

22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer

13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing

Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)

22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)

Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise

21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)

21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)

If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is

considered

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166

PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive

4 5 = Transmit

Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th

slot

Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215

If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200

10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1

22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type

22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip

22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip

If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn

200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1

22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect

Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer

3= Busy or No answer

22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination

22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200

By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using

command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01

And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no

Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command

Programming for changing Ring back tone

80-01-01

Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0

Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32

Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 18: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983096 983166

External call forward

20-11-12=1 Enable external call forward in class of service of extension14-01-13=1 Enable trunk to trunk transfer trunk wise

14-05-01 Assign trunk to trunk groups

14-06-01 Program trunk route that is to be used for external call forward

having different trunk groups in four priorities

21-03-01 Assign trunk route for external call forward for trunks in different

modes

Remote conference

In Topaz System remote conference feature can be used if system hasAutoattandant installed in the system (compulsory) The remote conference canbe established for four conference of eight participants or single conference ofthirty two Every conference will have pilot number and password When specificnumber is dialed from outside and prompted to dial extension caller should dialpilot number of remote conference and password to enter into conference

Programming required for Remote conference11-19-01 program pilot number for four conference20-34-01 program name for four conference20-34-02 program password for conference

20-34-03 program maximum number of participants20-34-04 Program maximum duration for conferences

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166

Dial Block

The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator

Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial

block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered

Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking

Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension

20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166

Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable

12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system

20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode

15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2

Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on

Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable

12-02-01 Prepare time pattern

Night mode service group number 1

Time pattern no 1

Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2

Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1

Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2

Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode

12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01

12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year

Key Programming for KTS instrument

The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press

key no function code + add data

Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5

helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00

Then program keys

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8

Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166

Automatic Route selection (ARS)

Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03

There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities

Programming for Basic ARS

This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone

26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)

Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables

ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS

14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups

14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned

21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service

26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer

26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166

44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities

Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4

Example

The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5

Required Programming

Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0

Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4

Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2

Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5

F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4

Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166

Account Code

Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or

anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it

Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they

place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an

incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not

block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls

Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account

Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example

the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239

To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial

2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key

3 Dial

To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force

account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key

4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call

Programming for Account code

35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified

35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will

show lsquorsquo )

35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166

Programming for PRI line

Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on

22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3

22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8

To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits

22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)

22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code

22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy

22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2

nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy

1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group

400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number

000 to 999)

20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =

Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If

22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)

22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area

If 1

st

and 2

nd

transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01

22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default

conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)

Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time

22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2

nd and 3

rd transfer destination

22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer

13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing

Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)

22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)

Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise

21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)

21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)

If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is

considered

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166

PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive

4 5 = Transmit

Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th

slot

Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215

If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200

10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1

22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type

22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip

22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip

If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn

200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1

22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect

Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer

3= Busy or No answer

22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination

22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200

By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using

command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01

And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no

Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command

Programming for changing Ring back tone

80-01-01

Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0

Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32

Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 19: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 1935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983089983097 983166

Dial Block

The dial block is the system user feature which is used to lock or unlock outgoingcalls from extensions There are three types of dial block1 System based dial block2 Extension based dial block3 Supervisor dial blockFirst and second type of dial block is used by extension to block dialing and thirdtype used by supervisor or administrator

Normally for full system one toll restriction class is programmed which isconsidered while using dial block If different extensions require different classesthen extension based dial block is used If both system and extension based dial

block classes are programmed then extension based dial block is considered

Procedure for dial block and unlockSpk-700-four digit Password-1 to lockSpk-700-four digit Password-0 to unlockIn dial block pass word is not registered every time after unlocking password isnew one while locking

Procedure for supervisor based dial blockSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-1 To lock extensionSpk-701-Supervisor Password-Extn no-0 To unlock extension

20-08-08 Enable dial Dial block facility to respective class assigned in 20-06-01 21-09-01 Dial block class used for system based dial block21-10-01 Dial block class used for Extension based dial block21-09-02 Supervisor passwordClass programmed in 21-05 and 21-06 is to be used as Dial block class forsystem based or extension based dial block90-19-01 To release dial block if extn is blocked and not getting blocked byservice code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166

Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable

12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system

20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode

15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2

Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on

Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable

12-02-01 Prepare time pattern

Night mode service group number 1

Time pattern no 1

Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2

Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1

Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2

Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode

12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01

12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year

Key Programming for KTS instrument

The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press

key no function code + add data

Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5

helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00

Then program keys

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8

Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166

Automatic Route selection (ARS)

Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03

There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities

Programming for Basic ARS

This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone

26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)

Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables

ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS

14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups

14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned

21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service

26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer

26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166

44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities

Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4

Example

The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5

Required Programming

Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0

Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4

Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2

Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5

F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4

Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166

Account Code

Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or

anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it

Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they

place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an

incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not

block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls

Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account

Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example

the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239

To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial

2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key

3 Dial

To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force

account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key

4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call

Programming for Account code

35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified

35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will

show lsquorsquo )

35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166

Programming for PRI line

Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on

22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3

22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8

To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits

22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)

22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code

22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy

22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2

nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy

1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group

400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number

000 to 999)

20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =

Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If

22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)

22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area

If 1

st

and 2

nd

transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01

22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default

conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)

Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time

22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2

nd and 3

rd transfer destination

22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer

13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing

Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)

22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)

Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise

21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)

21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)

If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is

considered

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166

PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive

4 5 = Transmit

Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th

slot

Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215

If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200

10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1

22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type

22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip

22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip

If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn

200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1

22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect

Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer

3= Busy or No answer

22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination

22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200

By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using

command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01

And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no

Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command

Programming for changing Ring back tone

80-01-01

Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0

Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32

Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 20: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983088 983166

Night ModeManual Daynight mode enable

12-01-01=1 Manual night mode enable for system

20-07-01=1 Enable manual night switching in classprogrammed in 20-06-01 for requiredextension so that extn can use manual nightmode enable or disableDefault Day night switching code is 818 Tochange from existing mode dial 818 +1=Daymode amp 818 +2=Night mode

15-07-01 Assign Key for day and night mode atrequired KTS inst using Function code 09and in ndashAdd data Day=1 amp Night=2

Automatic night mode enable or disableProgramming below shows automatic night mode with office time 0930 to 1800 on

Monday to Friday and Saturday amp Sunday off12-01-02=1 Automatic night mode enable disable

12-02-01 Prepare time pattern

Night mode service group number 1

Time pattern no 1

Time no 01 Start time 0000- End time 0930mode 2

Time no 02 Start time 0930- End time 1800mode 1

Time no 03 Start time 1800- End time 0000mode 2

Default time pattern 02 is having full daynight mode

12-03-01 Assign time pattern to days of the week 01to 07 Sunday to SaturdayMonday to Friday time pattern=01 Saturdayamp Sunday =02Which is programmed in 12-02-01

12-04-01 Assign time pattern to holidays of year

Key Programming for KTS instrument

The program 15-07-01 is used to program functions in programmable KEYS ie 22 keysin key telephone and 24 keys in DLS instTo program use 15-07-01 enter extn no in which keys are to be programmed then press

key no function code + add data

Example Suppose we want to program trunk line key for CO7 on key 4 CO8 on key 5

helliphellip DSS key on key 10 for extn 201 DSS key on key 11 for extn 202First clear keys from 4 to 11

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 00 Extn 200 Key 5= 00helliphellipKey12=00

Then program keys

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key 4= 01+ add 7 Extn 200 Key 5= 01+add 8

Key 10= 01+ add 201 Extn 200 Key 11=01+add 202

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166

Automatic Route selection (ARS)

Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03

There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities

Programming for Basic ARS

This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone

26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)

Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables

ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS

14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups

14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned

21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service

26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer

26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166

44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities

Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4

Example

The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5

Required Programming

Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0

Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4

Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2

Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5

F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4

Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166

Account Code

Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or

anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it

Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they

place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an

incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not

block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls

Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account

Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example

the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239

To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial

2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key

3 Dial

To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force

account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key

4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call

Programming for Account code

35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified

35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will

show lsquorsquo )

35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166

Programming for PRI line

Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on

22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3

22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8

To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits

22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)

22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code

22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy

22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2

nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy

1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group

400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number

000 to 999)

20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =

Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If

22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)

22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area

If 1

st

and 2

nd

transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01

22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default

conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)

Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time

22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2

nd and 3

rd transfer destination

22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer

13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing

Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)

22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)

Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise

21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)

21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)

If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is

considered

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166

PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive

4 5 = Transmit

Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th

slot

Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215

If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200

10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1

22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type

22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip

22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip

If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn

200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1

22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect

Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer

3= Busy or No answer

22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination

22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200

By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using

command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01

And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no

Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command

Programming for changing Ring back tone

80-01-01

Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0

Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32

Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 21: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983089 983166

Automatic Route selection (ARS)

Automatic route selection (ARS) provides call routing based on the number dialed by the userWhen ARS is activated system routes outgoing calls via trunk groups for codes programmed Ifnumber dialed is not matching with ARS tables either number gets dialed through trunk routeprogrammed in 21-02-01 or get error tone depending upon setting in 26-01-03

There are two types of ARS service Basic and AdvancedIn Basic ARS there is only one option for trunk group for every ARS table In basic ARS 200tables can be programmedIn Advance ARS table programmed get mapped to F route table and every F route table haveoption of four trunk groups with priorities

Programming for Basic ARS

This programming used when there is only one trunk group is to be assigned for dialing digitsrequired

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service26-01-03=0 Default 0=Route to trunk group 1=Error tone sent to callerWhen number dialed is not matching with tables programmed for ARS then this optiondetermines if system should route call to trunk group or play error tone

26-02-01=Dial analysis table (200 tables) max 16 digits-02=1-03= Trunk group (Assigned in 14-05-01)

Program all lines to different groups in 14-05-01Trunk group routing to be assigned in 14-06-01 In this program 25 trunk rotes can beprogrammed in four different prioritiesAssign Trunk routes programmed in 14-06-01 to extension in 21-02-01 for eight different modesThe trunk route assigned is used to decide priority of lines in normal outgoing or in case of ARSwhen number is matching with ARS tables

ARS with several number of TRUNK GROUPS

14-05-01 Assign Trunk lines to trunk groups

14-06-01 Trunk group routing to be assigned

21-02-01 Trunk routes to be assigned to extension in for eight different modes

26-01-01=1 To activate ARS service

26-01-03=0 Assign the type of call handling in case of non registered numbers 0=Route to Trunkgrp in 21-02 or 1=play warning tone to dialer

26-02- 01=Dialed digits (Max 200 Tables)-02=2 F-Route access-03=F-Route table no (1 to 500)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166

44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities

Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4

Example

The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5

Required Programming

Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0

Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4

Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2

Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5

F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4

Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166

Account Code

Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or

anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it

Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they

place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an

incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not

block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls

Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account

Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example

the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239

To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial

2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key

3 Dial

To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force

account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key

4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call

Programming for Account code

35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified

35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will

show lsquorsquo )

35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166

Programming for PRI line

Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on

22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3

22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8

To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits

22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)

22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code

22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy

22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2

nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy

1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group

400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number

000 to 999)

20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =

Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If

22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)

22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area

If 1

st

and 2

nd

transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01

22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default

conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)

Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time

22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2

nd and 3

rd transfer destination

22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer

13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing

Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)

22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)

Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise

21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)

21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)

If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is

considered

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166

PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive

4 5 = Transmit

Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th

slot

Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215

If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200

10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1

22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type

22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip

22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip

If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn

200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1

22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect

Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer

3= Busy or No answer

22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination

22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200

By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using

command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01

And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no

Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command

Programming for changing Ring back tone

80-01-01

Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0

Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32

Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 22: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983090 983166

44-05-01=F-Route table (Max 500 Tables)-02=Trunk group in 4 priorities

Create F-Route with up to 4 setting order 1-4

Example

The system is having MTNL lines on 1 2 3 Tata lines on 4 5 and Airtel PRI line on 7 to 36 Outoff three lines line 1 is only incoming lineSTD no should get dialed through Airtel PRI MTNL local no through line 2 amp 3 and Tata numbersthrough line 4amp5

Required Programming

Assign trunk lines in to different groups of lines14-05-01 Trunk 1=Grp1 Trunk2amp3=Grp2 Trunk 4amp5=Grp3Trunk 7 to 36=Grp414-06-01 Trunk route1 Order1 Data 421-02-01 Assign trunk route to extns if required by default all extns are having route 126-01-01=126-01-03=0

Table 1 26-02-01 Dialed no=0Table 1 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 1 26-02-03 F route table no=1Table 2 26-02-01 Dialed no=2Table 2 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 2 26-02-03 F route table no=2Table 3 26-02-01 Dialed no=4

Table 3 26-02-02 Service type=2

Table 3 26-02-03 F route table no=3Table 4 26-02-01 Dialed no=6Table 4 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 4 26-02-03 F route table no=4Table 5 26-02-01 Dialed no=92Table 5 26-02-02 Service type=2Table 5 26-02-03 F route table no=5

F-route no1 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no2 44-05-01 Priority 1=2 Priority2=4F-route no3 44-05-01 Priority 1=4 Priority2=2F-route no4 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4F-route no5 44-05-01 Priority 1=3 Priority2=4

Now we have programmed system for dialed numbers 0 2 4 6 92 except this dialed numbersother numbers will get dialed through Airtel PRI ie Trunk Grp 4 which is programmed in 21-02-01(Route 1)For dialed numbers which are programmed in ARS if all lines in first priority group are busy willget dialed through priority 2 priority 3 and priority 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166

Account Code

Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or

anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it

Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they

place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an

incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not

block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls

Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account

Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example

the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239

To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial

2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key

3 Dial

To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force

account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key

4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call

Programming for Account code

35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified

35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will

show lsquorsquo )

35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166

Programming for PRI line

Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on

22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3

22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8

To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits

22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)

22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code

22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy

22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2

nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy

1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group

400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number

000 to 999)

20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =

Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If

22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)

22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area

If 1

st

and 2

nd

transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01

22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default

conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)

Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time

22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2

nd and 3

rd transfer destination

22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer

13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing

Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)

22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)

Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise

21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)

21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)

If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is

considered

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166

PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive

4 5 = Transmit

Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th

slot

Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215

If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200

10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1

22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type

22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip

22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip

If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn

200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1

22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect

Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer

3= Busy or No answer

22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination

22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200

By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using

command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01

And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no

Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command

Programming for changing Ring back tone

80-01-01

Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0

Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32

Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 23: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983091 983166

Account Code

Optional Account Codes Optional Account Codes allow a user to enter an Account Code while placing a trunk call or

anytime while on a call This type of Account Code is optional the system does not requirethe user to enter it

Forced Account Codes Forced Account Codes require an extension user to enter an Account Code every time they

place a trunk call If the user doesnrsquot enter the code the system prevents the call As withOptional Account Codes the extension user can elect to enter an Account Code for an

incoming call However the system does not require it Forced Account Codes does not

block emergency assistance calls Once set up in system programming you can enableForced Account Codes on a trunk-by-trunk basis In addition Forced Account Codes canapply to all outside calls or just long distance calls

Verified Account Codes With Verified Account Codes the system compares the Account Code the user dials to alist of up to 1000 pre-programmed codes If the Account Code is in the list the call goesthrough If the code dialed is not in the list the system prevents the call Verified Account

Codes can be from 3-16 digits long using the characters 0-9 and During programmingyou can use ldquowild cardsrdquo to streamline entering codes into system memory For example

the entry 123W lets users dial Verified Account Codes from 1230 through 1239

To enter an Account Code any time while on a trunk call (optionalaccount code)1 Dial

2 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) Or press Account code key

3 Dial

To enter an Account Code before dialing the outside number (Force

account code1 Access trunk for outside call 2 Dial 3 Dial your Account Code (1-16 digits using 0-9 and ) or Account code key

4 Dial 5 Dial the number you want to call

Programming for Account code

35-05-01 Account code type 0=Disable 1=Optional Ac code 2=AC coderequired but not verified 3=AC code required and verified

35-05-02 0=AC code required for all calls 1=AC code required for toll calls35-05-04 0=AC code displayed 1=AC code hidden (on instrument display will

show lsquorsquo )

35-06-01 2000 Ac codes can be programmed (3 to 16 digits long)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166

Programming for PRI line

Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on

22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3

22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8

To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits

22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)

22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code

22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy

22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2

nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy

1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group

400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number

000 to 999)

20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =

Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If

22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)

22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area

If 1

st

and 2

nd

transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01

22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default

conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)

Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time

22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2

nd and 3

rd transfer destination

22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer

13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing

Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)

22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)

Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise

21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)

21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)

If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is

considered

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166

PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive

4 5 = Transmit

Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th

slot

Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215

If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200

10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1

22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type

22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip

22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip

If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn

200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1

22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect

Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer

3= Busy or No answer

22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination

22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200

By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using

command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01

And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no

Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command

Programming for changing Ring back tone

80-01-01

Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0

Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32

Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 24: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983092 983166

Programming for PRI line

Note for PRI default settings are required except if CRC is to be changed do10-03-03 0=CRC off 1=CRC on

22-02-01 - Enable DID facility on Trunks for all Modes 1 ndash 8 Data=3

22-09-01 Number of digits to be received on trunk group Data 1 to 8

To program MSN number use command 22-11-01 and 22-11-0222-11-01 - Enter the Received digits

22-11-02- Target extension number (Extn number Dept group pilot number)

22-11-03- Enter the DDI name to identify the DDI This DDI name will be displayed onKTS instrument if call is transferred after no answer or picked up by call pickup code

22-11-04 Assign Transfer Mode - 0 = No Trfr 1 = Busy 2 = No Answer 3 = NoAnswer Busy

22-11-05 Assign the First Transfer destination in case No Answer Busy 22-11-06 Assign the 2

nd Transfer destination incase No Answer Busy

1 ndash 25 = IRG 101 = CF-B1 Voicemail 102 = Analog VM 201 ndash232 Extension Group

400 = VRS 401 = DISA 501-548=VRS message 1000 ndash 1999 (Abbreviated Number

000 to 999)

20-09-01 - Enable Disable the extensions ability to receive a second Call Default =

Disable 22-09-02 - Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect If

22-10-01 DID translation table setup (Default 200 numbers in 10 translation tables)

22-12-01 Assign the Third Step DID Transfer This transfer is for full conversion area

If 1

st

and 2

nd

transfer destination is programmed in 22-11-05 and 22-11-06 then priorityof transfer is in this sequence 22-11-05 22-11-06 22-12-01

22-13-01 Assign conversion table used for trunk group for different modes (Default

conversion table 1 for all trunk groups for all modes)

Timers for PRI22-01-06 - Define DDI no answer time

22-01-07 - Define IRG no answer time for 1st 2

nd and 3

rd transfer destination

22-01-09 - Define Trunk to Trunk No Answer timer

13-05-01 - Assign Trunk Group for Abbreviated Dialing

Call Waiting In case Auto Transfer is not enabled by CM 22-11-04 Call waiting maybe enabled by CM 22-11-07 (default disabled)

22-11-08 Define the number of DDI calls waiting (default = 0 no limit)

Caller ID sending trunk wise or Extension wise

21-12-01 Enter caller ID for each PRI channel ( Pilot No)

21-13-01 Enter caller ID for each Extension (full eight digit number)

If both caller ID are programmed then caller ID programmed in 21-13-01 is

considered

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166

PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive

4 5 = Transmit

Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th

slot

Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215

If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200

10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1

22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type

22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip

22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip

If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn

200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1

22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect

Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer

3= Busy or No answer

22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination

22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200

By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using

command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01

And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no

Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command

Programming for changing Ring back tone

80-01-01

Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0

Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32

Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 25: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983093 983166

PIN connections in PRI card1 2 = Receive

4 5 = Transmit

Example IN 616 system PRI line is installed in 5th

slot

Three digit MSN numbers 600 to 650 and extension no 200 to 215

If PRI pilot no 600 suppose to ring to operator ie 200

10-03-03 Slot 5 11 or 17 (First Second or third cabinet) NO CRC=0 amp CRC on=1

22-02-01 Trunk 7 to 36 for all mode data=3 DID type

22-09-01=3 or 4 Three or four digit MSN no Maximum eight digit MSN number22-11-01 Receive Digit Table 1=600 Table 2=601 Table 3=602 Table 4=603helliphellip

22-11-02 Target Table 1= Clear Table 2=201 Table 3=202 Table 4=203helliphellip

If PRI pilot number suppose to ring to operator ie 200 then in 22-11-02 Table1=Blankie no data and enable automatic override option in class of service which is given to extn

200 in 20-06-01 so that pilot no will not get engage tone if operator is busyusing command 20-13-06=1

22-09-02=1 Assign the condition when a vacant number ( number which is not

programmed in 22-11-01 or 11-02-01 ) is received ndash Transfer Disconnect

Vacant number operation 0=Disconnect 1=Transfer22-11-04=3 for Table1 transfer operation mode 0=No transfer 1=Busy 2=No Answer

3= Busy or No answer

22-11-05=IRG no 2 First transfer destination

22-04-01 IRG 2 Memb1=200

By default IRG group 1 is programmed to ring on extn 200 ie on first portIf PRI MSN number required to ring on hunt group then form hunt group using

command 16-01 and 16-02 and program pilot number to hunt group in 11-07-01

And assign ringing of MSN no in 22-11-02 on pilot no

Normally on PRI line ring back tone is like engage tone to change ring tone usefollowing command

Programming for changing Ring back tone

80-01-01

Service Tone 14 (Ring Back Tone)Repeat count =0

Unit1 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit2 Basic Tone=0 Duration=2 Gain=32

Unit3 Basic Tone=10 Duration=4 Gain=32

Unit4 Basic Tone=0 Duration=30 Gain=32

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 26: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2635

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983094 983166

BRI line

BRI card can be used to connect BRI lines or can be used to connect BRI extensions ie ISDNterminals or Video conference unit There are two types of BRI cards 2BRIU-S1 and 4BRIU-S1( two or four port)

BRIU SW setting

SW- 100200hellip400 ON = PP P- MP (terminal 8) S busSW 102 202402 T = T point S = S PointCN 102 202hellip402 ON = Power Feeding on OFF = Power feeding off

10-03-01 ISDN line mode0=No setting 1=T-Point 2=S-Point (ISDN BRI extensions)

10-03-02 Logical port numbers

This commands shows port number ie trunk start no or port number S bus extensions

Procedure for connecting Video Conference Unit toBRI extension from 4BRIU-S1

To connect Video conference unit system should have following minimum components1 First cabinet with OPBOX2 PRI card and PRI line3 Second cabinet with OPBOX4 4BRIU-S1 card (BRI card)

First cabinet should have OPBOX connected with PRI card installed and configured for PRI lineSecond cabinet should have OPBOX connected First make switch setting on 4BRIU-S1 card forS-point connections ie SW100200300 and 400 should be in ON condition and SW102202302and 402 on S side Now install BRI card in 2

nd OPBOX (Any card in TOPAZ cannot be installed

when system is on)

After installing card the 4 outputs will be configured as BRI trunks as default configure BRI outputto BRI extension using command 10-03-01 as S point for all four BRI outputsThen assign extension numbers to eight BRI extensions using command 11-02-01 Assign dialingto all eight extensions using command 15-06-01 Program caller ID to be sent in program21-13-01 and incoming ring of MSN numbers using 22-11-01 and 22-11-02

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 27: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2735

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983095 983166

Voice Response systemThe recording procedure for messages for VRS

To Record Replay Erase VRS messages

1 Lift handset or Press SPK

2 Dial service code (716)

3 Dial 7 to record 5 to Replay and 3 to Erase

4 Dial VRS message number (01 to 48)

Programming required for Basic setup of VRS for Analog trunk

1 22-02-01=1 Assign for required line as VRS DATA =1

2 25-02-01=1 Assign the talkie as VRS with VRS message number (01-48)

Programming for incorrect dialing and no dialing

1 25-03-01=0 Disconnect when caller dial wrong extension number or wrong

Code

2 25-03-01= 1to25 Transfer to IRG group (for eight modes)3 25-03-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

4 25-05-01 Define error message to be played during wrong number dial

(01-48)

Programming for in case of No Answer and busy

1 25-04-01=0 Disconnect when dialed extension is busy or no answer

2 25-04-01= 1 to 25 Transfer to IRG group

3 25-04-01=101 Transfer to Voicemail (If CF-B1 is installed)

For command 25-03-01 and 25-04-01 data is to be set for eight modes

Voicemail

To use the voicemail DSPDB-B1 amp CF-B1 card to be installed in 924-M KSUIf CF-B1 card is installed total 300 mailboxes can be programmed total recording time is

10 hours 48 messages can be recorded that can be used for welcome messages andmultilevel voice response can be programmed The recording time for each message is

120 seconds The 200 personal messages of 120 sec duration can be recorded

The service code for accessing voicemail is 884

To access voicemail dial service code 884

Dial mailbox no and Dial mailbox password and

Then voicemail will prompt to dial service code

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 28: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2835

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983096 983166

Service codes for using different services are as follows

Service function Servicecode

Optional function within a service Optioncode

Play message 1 Play message 1

Pause Start the playback 4

Erase Msg and play next msg 7

Save Msg and Play next msg 9

Copy the Msg 2

Skip playback forward 8 sec 3

Skip playback backword 8 sec 6

Broadcast the Msg 28

Exit from service

Erase all Msgs 7

Broadcast Msg to a multipleaddress group

2

Answering Msg No-1

Play 31

Record 32

Erase 37

Answering Msg No-2

Play 35Record 33

Erase 38

Answering Msg No-3

Play 36

Record 34

Erase 39

Msg notification 61 Notify to an extension 1

Notify to an external no 2

Cancel notification 0

Exit

Set automated Attendant 62

Play Msg 1st in 1st out 63

Play Msg last in first out 64

Password setting 65

Msg Restriction controlsetting

66

Exit

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 29: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 2935

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983090983097 983166

These service codes for Voicemail can be programmed as single digit codes as

follows

To enable one digit service code use command 40-01-09=1

In 40-12-01 enter the 1 digit code for service code amp option code

For example

Digit 1=Play Msg

Digit 5=Password setting

Digit 6=Msg Notification

Digit 8=Play Answering MSG 1Digit 9=Record Answering MSG 1

Digit 0=Erase all Messages

The single digit service code can be either service code or option code

Example If extensions are 200201202hellip and mailbox numbers are 200201202hellip

And passwords are 0200 0201 0202hellip Respectively

To program mailbox and password use command

40-02-01

Message box no 001 Mailbox no 200 Mailbox password 0200Message box no 002 Mailbox no 201 Mailbox password 0201Message box no 003 Mailbox no 202 Mailbox password 0202

To access mailbox from extension

Dial 884 200 0200 service code Option code

To listen to voice messages in mailbox use following procedure

Dial 884 200 0200 1 (Play MSG) 7 (Erase and play next MSG)

(Exit)

To set automated attendantDial 884 200 0200 62

1 DigitCode

Service Code Option Code

1 1(play MSG) 1(Replay MSG)

2 7(Erase and play Next MSG)

3 9(Save and play Next MSG)

4 (Exit to main menu)

5 65(Password Setting)

6 61(MSG Notification)

8 31(Play Answering MSG 1)

9 32(Recording Answering MSG 1)

0 7(Erase all MSG)

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 30: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3035

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983088 983166

Example for multilevel auto attendantThere are three analog lines in the system caller should get announcement welcome

to syntel pls dial 1-

Bizfone2 Epabx 1 Sales Sales Department ( Grp 2) 2 Service support ( Department Grp 3) 3 Accounts 0 operator assistance 4 Leave msg to voicemail

Programming required

22-02-01 Trunk 1 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 2 Data1 (VRS)

22-02-01 Trunk 3 Data1 (VRS)

25-02-01 Trunk 1 Mode1=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode2=Data1+add Msg no 1

Mode3=Data1+add Msg no 1

23-03-01=1 for all three trunks

25-04-01=1 for all three trunks

Record first msg saying welcome to syntel pls dial 1 for Bizfone and 2 for Epabx

Record second msg saying for sales dial 1 for service support dial 2 for accounts dial 3

and for operator assistance dial 0

25-06-02 Msg 1 Dial 1 Sales Dept pilot no25-06-01 Msg 1 Dial 2 Data=225-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 1 Sales Dept Pilot No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 2 Service Dept Grp Pilot no

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 3 Accounts Extn No

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 0 Extn 200

25-06-02 Msg 2 Dial 4 Data 101 (DSPDB voicemail)

Call forwarding to voicemail can be activated by programming key on KTS instrument

15-07-01 Extn 200 Key no function code 70+ add data mail box noAfter pressing KEY= once forwarding to voicemail immediate

Twice no answer

Thrice When busy

Fourth time no answer or busy

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 31: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3135

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983089 983166

SMDR Programming

10-21-02 = Com Speed 0 = 4800 1 =9600 2 =19200 3=38400 (Default=2)14-01-06 = 1 Trunk wise Print out of SMDR records

15-01-03 = 1 Extension-wise Print Out Default-Enabled

35-01-01 =1 0=No setting 1=COM port Of EXIFU 3= LAN PORT of EXIFU

35-01-04 =0 No Masking of Digits (Default =1)

35-01-05 = Minimum number of SMDR digits Default=0

35-01-06 = Minimum Call Duration in sec

35-01-07 = Minimum Ringing Time in sec

35-02-03 = 1 Display Trunk Number

35-02-08=1 SMDR output for incoming calls (Default=0)

35-02-09 = 1Extension Name or Number printout

35-02-14 = 1 Date Printout with every Record80-05-01 = 2 SMDR date format ndash European

For SMDR output from serial port and Ethernet port of EXIFU serial cross cable or

Ethernet cross cable is required

Following is the pin configuration for serial cable between 9 pin to 9 pin or 9 pin to 25

pin connection

9 Pin

(system)

9 Pin

(PC)

25 pin

(PC)

2 3 2

3 2 3

4 6 65 5 7

6 4 20

7 8 5

8 7 4

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 32: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3235

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983090 983166

Conversation Recording

Conversation recording allows extension user to record the conversation with outsideparty and saves as mail box as message The recording can be done either by pressingprogrammed KEY on KTS instrument or by automatic way The manual recording is

possible in only KTS instrument with conversation recording key

Commands required for conversation recording10-07-01=1 Assign minimum one conversation recording circuit

15-07-01 Assign conversation recording KEY using function code 69 add data=0

Manual conversation recordingYou can set conversation recording for trunk base or extension base but system gives

priority to extension base setup

Trunk base recording

14-09-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each trunk14-09-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each trunk

Extension base recording

15-12-01=884(access code for voice service centre) for each extension

15-12-03=1 Saves recording to own mailbox for each extension

Automatic conversation recording

Trunk base recording14-09-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each trunk

14-09-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each trunk

Extension base recording15-12-02=1 To Enable automatic recording (incoming) for each extension

15-12-04=1 To Enable automatic recording (outgoing) for each extension

Parallel Ringing

For parallel ringing system function call forwarding with dual ringing can be used either

it can be done on two existing extensions or mobile extensions

Commands for mobile extension

11-02-01 For port number 73 assign mobile extension number example 600

15-22-01 Assign abbreviated number as target for mobile extension in which mobile

number is saved Example 9320301133

15-22-02=2 connect confirmation by DTMF15-22-03=0 Assign trunk access code (0 or 9)

To activate parallel ringing on mobileSpeaker 842 1 Mobile extension number Speaker

Cancel parallel ringingSpeaker 842 0

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 33: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3335

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983091 983166

Hotel Motel featuresThe system supports hotel motel features but licence is required initially there is trial

licence for 30 days and get activated when hotel features are programmed20-32-01 To input licence activation code

20-33-01 This command is used to confirm that hotel features are activated

Assign extensions as normal and guest extensions

42-02-01= 0 Normal extensions

=1 Guest

42-02-12=Toll extensions restriction class for check in (01 to 15)

Checkout class will be class programmed in 21-04-01

20-06-01 Assign class of service for normal and guest room extensions

Check in and check out42-03-01=1 Enable check in operation for front desk extension class of service

42-03-02=2 Enable check out operation for front desk extension class of service11-14-12=738 service code for check in

11-14-13=739 service code for check outProcedure for check in from front desk extension

Speaker 738 Guest extn no Speaker

Procedure for check out from front desk extension

Speaker 739 Guest extn no Speaker

Wake up call11-14-05=731 Set wake up call for own extension

11-14-06=732 Cancel wake up call for own extension

11-14-07=733 Set wake up call for other extension11-14-08=734 Cancel wake up call for other extension

20-07-01=30 Alarm duration

Answer mode for Wake up call42-01-01=0 MOH

=1 VRS message used for wake up call answer

( if DSPDB and CF card is installed)

=2 VRS essage with time stamp

42-01-02=VRS Message number

42-01-03=1 Wake up call no answer transferred to operator

42-01-04= 0=confirmation tone 1=VRS MSG 2=VRS MEG with time stamp

42-01-05= VRS MSG number for wake up call assignment confirmation20-17-01=Operator extension number

To set wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 733 Guest extension number Dial time in 24 hour format Speaker

To cancel wake up call from front desk extensionSpeaker 734 Guest extension number Speaker

To set wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 731 Dial time Hang up

Cancel wake up call from Guest extensionLift handset 732 Hang up

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 34: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3435

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

CONFIDENTIAL 983166 983091983092 983166

Do Not Disturb

11-14-01=727 DND for own extension11-14-02=728 DND cancel for own extension

11-14-03=729 Set DND for other extension

11-14-04=730 Cancel DND for other extension

42-03-04=1 DND setting enable for other extension

42-03-09=1 DND setting enable for other extension

20-13-04=1 Enable DND and call forward override in class of service

of front desk extension

Single Digit Access

You can set one digit access for guest room extensions such as

1=Reception2=Room service

3=LaundryEtc

First program Guest room extensions to one department group in command 16-02

Then in command 42-04-01 for that particular department group assign destination

number to single digit dialing

Toll Restriction class change from front desk extension11-14-11=737 Service code for changing toll restriction class for other extension

42-03-07 Enable toll restriction class change for other extension for front desk

extension class of service

To change toll restriction class from front desk extensionSpeaker 737 Guest room extensionClass number Speaker

Room to Room restriction

The system allows front desk extension to set or cancel room to room call restrictionDuring this function is on guest room extension user can not dial room to room call

11-14-09=735 set room to room call restriction

11-14-10=736 cancel room to room call restriction

42-03-08=1 enable room to room call restriction enable in class of service for front

desk extensionTo set the room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker 735Guest ExtensionSpeaker

To cancel room to room call restriction from front desk extension

Speaker736Guest Extension Speaker

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console

Page 35: NEC Topaz Programming Quick

8192019 NEC Topaz Programming Quick

httpslidepdfcomreaderfullnec-topaz-programming-quick 3535

THIS DOCUMENT IS PROPERTY OF ARVIND LIMITED (TELECOM DIVISION) AND STRICTLY

Room status report

The system allows to output the Room status information to the COM port at EXIFU

1) Check out information

2) Wake up call information

3) Room status information

10-21-02=2 Baud rate=19200

42-05-01=2 COM port

42-05-03=1 Wake up call no answer data

42-05-04=1 Check out sheet

11-14-16=742 service code for Room status output

Speaker 742 Dial output option Speaker0=All the infortion

1=Room status

2=Call restriction for Room to Room

3=DND

4=Message waiting

5=Wake up call

DSS console operation mode setup

30-01-01=1 0=Business mode

30-02-01=Extension number assigned to work with DSS console